01.06.2013 Views

2013 Global Course Catalog - National Oilwell Varco

2013 Global Course Catalog - National Oilwell Varco

2013 Global Course Catalog - National Oilwell Varco

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

GLOBAL COURSE CATALOG<br />

JANUARY ‐ DECEMBER <strong>2013</strong><br />

Release 4 ‐ 13March<strong>2013</strong>


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 2


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

TABLE OF CONTENTS<br />

TRAINING FACILITIES .................................................................................................................................................. 7<br />

HOUSTON, TEXAS - USA ............................................................................................................................... 7<br />

CEDAR PARK, TEXAS - USA ......................................................................................................................... 7<br />

MACAÉ, BRAZIL ............................................................................................................................................. 7<br />

KRISTIANSAND, NORWAY ............................................................................................................................ 7<br />

STAVANGER, NORWAY ................................................................................................................................. 7<br />

MOLDE, NORWAY .......................................................................................................................................... 7<br />

SINGAPORE, SOUTHEAST ASIA .................................................................................................................. 7<br />

MONTROSE, UNITED KINGDOM (UK) .......................................................................................................... 8<br />

ABERDEEN, UNITED KINGDOM (UK) ........................................................................................................... 8<br />

DUBAI, JEBEL ALI .......................................................................................................................................... 8<br />

KOREA ............................................................................................................................................................ 8<br />

TRAINING OVERVIEW .................................................................................................................................................. 9<br />

PRODUCT LINE TRAINING ............................................................................................................................ 9<br />

RIG SPECIFIC TRAINING ............................................................................................................................... 9<br />

AMPHION AND CYBERBASE SIMULATORS ................................................................................................ 9<br />

RIG CONSULTANTS ....................................................................................................................................... 9<br />

OFFSHORE/ONSITE INSTRUCTION ............................................................................................................. 9<br />

MOBILE TRAINING SOLUTIONS (USA ONLY) ............................................................................................ 10<br />

GENERAL INFORMATION .......................................................................................................................................... 11<br />

CLASSROOM TIMES .................................................................................................................................... 11<br />

PAYMENT OPTIONS .................................................................................................................................... 11<br />

ENROLLMENT .............................................................................................................................................. 11<br />

CANCELLATION POLICY ............................................................................................................................. 11<br />

ATTIRE .......................................................................................................................................................... 11<br />

AC DRIVE FUNDAMENTALS AND MAINTENANCE COURSE (ABB) ........................................................................ 15<br />

AC DRIVE FUNDAMENTALS AND MAINTENANCE COURSE (SIEMENS) ............................................................... 16<br />

AMPHION CONTROLS OPERATORS COURSE ........................................................................................................ 17<br />

AMPHION MAINTENANCE COURSE FOR RIG ELECTRICIAN AND E.T. ................................................................ 18<br />

BAYLOR BRAKE FUNDAMENTALS, MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING .................................................. 20<br />

BLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BCS) ............................................................................................................................ 21<br />

BX ELEVATOR - MECHANICAL .................................................................................................................................. 22<br />

BX ELEVATOR, PS-21/30, AND RST MECHANICAL- BJ OIL TOOLS ....................................................................... 23<br />

CRT 350 MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING COURSE .............................................................................. 24<br />

CYBERBASE OPERATIONS COURSE ...................................................................................................................... 25<br />

DATA ACQUISITION (DAQ) SYSTEM AND RIGSENSE TM , M/D TOTCO MAINTENANCE COURSE ........................ 26<br />

DAQ SYSTEM 4 AND RIGSENSE TM 2 MAINTENANCE COURSE ............................................................................. 27<br />

DAQ SYSTEM 5 AND RIGSENSE TM 3 MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................. 28<br />

DC-VI DIGITAL CONTROL MODULE FUNDAMENTALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING COURSE - ROSS HILL ........ 29<br />

DRAWWORKS - 1625 UDBE....................................................................................................................................... 30<br />

DRAWWORKS - 1625, 1320, 110, 80 & 55 WITH UNIVERSAL DISC BRAKE ........................................................... 31<br />

DRAWWORKS - ADS 10/20/30 MAINTENANCE ........................................................................................................ 32<br />

DRAWWORKS-ADS10Q WITH WATER-COOLED BRAKES MECHAINCAL MAINTENANCE COURSE .................. 33<br />

DRAWWORKS - E3000 ............................................................................................................................................... 34<br />

ELECTRICAL SENSORS ............................................................................................................................................ 35<br />

ELECTRONIC DRILLING SYSTEM (EDS) OPERATORS COURSE .......................................................................... 36<br />

ELECTRONIC DRILLING SYSTEM (EDS) MAINTENANCE COURSE ....................................................................... 37<br />

HPU MECHANICAL AND MAINTENANCE COURSE – MODELS HPA32, HP37, HP45, AND HP49 ......................... 38<br />

HYDRALIFT BRIDGERACKER MAINTENANCE COURSE ........................................................................................ 39<br />

HYDRALIFT HYDRATONG MAINTENANCE COURSE .............................................................................................. 40<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 3


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

HYDRALIFT MOTION COMPENSATION MAINTENANCE COURSE ......................................................................... 41<br />

HYDRARACKER IV MAINTENANCE COURSE ......................................................................................................... 42<br />

HYDRAULICS COURSE, BASIC ................................................................................................................................. 43<br />

HYDRAULIC FUNDAMENTALS .................................................................................................................................. 44<br />

HYDRAULICS WITH TROUBLESHOOTING ............................................................................................................... 45<br />

INDUSTRIAL PRACTICES .......................................................................................................................................... 47<br />

IRON ROUGHNECK - AR - 3200 MECHANICAL COURSE ........................................................................................ 48<br />

IRON ROUGHNECK - AR - 3200, 4500, AND 5000 MODELS .................................................................................... 49<br />

IRON ROUGHNECK - AR SERIES MAINTENANCE ................................................................................................... 50<br />

IRON ROUGHNECK - IR 3080 MECHANICAL COURSE ........................................................................................... 51<br />

IRON ROUGHNECK - ST 80 MECHANICAL COURSE .............................................................................................. 52<br />

IRON ROUGHNECK - ST 80-C MECHANICAL COURSE ........................................................................................... 53<br />

IRON ROUGHNECK - ST 100 MECHANICAL COURSE ............................................................................................ 54<br />

IRON ROUGHNECK - ST 120 MECHANICAL COURSE ............................................................................................ 55<br />

IRON ROUGHNECK - ST 160 MECHANICAL COURSE ............................................................................................ 56<br />

KEMS - IDEAL AUTODRILLER AND BRAKE CONTROL SAFETY SYSTEM COURSE ............................................ 57<br />

THE LAND AND OFFSHORE DRILLING INTRODUCTION COURSE ........................................................................ 58<br />

KINGPOST CRANE ..................................................................................................................................................... 59<br />

MODULE ONE – RIG SITE MAGNETIC PARTICLE INSPECTION OF VARCO BJ PRODUCTS ............................... 60<br />

MUD PUMPS - 14-P-220 MECHANICAL AND MAINTENANCE COURSE ................................................................. 61<br />

MUD PUMPS - HEX 240 MAINTENANCE COURSE .................................................................................................. 62<br />

MUD PUMPS - P-SERIES MAINTENANCE COURSE ................................................................................................ 63<br />

MUD PUMPS - TRIPLEX - POWER END .................................................................................................................... 64<br />

PIPE RACKING SYSTEM (PRS) MAINTENANCE COURSE (4I AND 8I MODELS) ................................................... 65<br />

PIPE RACKING SYSTEM (PRS) MAINTENANCE COURSE (4I MODEL) .................................................................. 66<br />

PIPE RACKING SYSTEM (PRS) MAINTENANCE COURSE (6I MODEL) .................................................................. 67<br />

PIPE RACKING SYSTEM (PRS) MAINTENANCE COURSE (8I MODEL) .................................................................. 68<br />

PIPECAT MACHINE .................................................................................................................................................... 69<br />

PC-7-47 PIPECAT LAYDOWN SYSTEM MECHAINICAL AND MAINTENANCE COURSE ....................................... 70<br />

PLC COURSE FOR RIG SYSTEMS - APPLICATIONS OF ALLEN-BRADLEY .......................................................... 71<br />

PLC COURSE FOR RIG SYSTEMS - APPLICATIONS OF SIEMENS ........................................................................ 72<br />

PLC COURSE FOR RIG SYSTEMS - ADVANCED ALLEN-BRADLEY ....................................................................... 73<br />

PLC COURSE FOR RIG SYSTEMS - ADVANCED SIEMENS .................................................................................... 74<br />

PLC COURSE FOR RIG SYSTEMS - APPLICATION DIRECT SOFT DL340 ............................................................. 75<br />

PNEUMATICS FUNDAMENTALS WITH TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................................................ 76<br />

PS 21/30 POWER SLIPS FOR MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL .................................................................................. 77<br />

PS 21/30 POWER SLIPS FOR MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL & BX ELEVATORS ................................................... 78<br />

RIG FLOOR EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW ....................................................................................................................... 79<br />

RIG OVERVIEW - OFFSHORE DRILLING AND PRODUCTION ................................................................................ 80<br />

SCR MAINTENANCE COURSE - INTEGRATED POWER SYSTEM INTERMEDIATE (IPS) ..................................... 82<br />

SCR MAINTENANCE COURSE - ROSS HILL ADVANCED ....................................................................................... 83<br />

SCR MAINTENANCE COURSE - ROSS HILL INTERMEDIATE (GENERATOR CONTROLS) .................................. 84<br />

SCR MAINTENANCE COURSE - ROSS HILL INTERMEDIATE (SCR CONTROLS) ................................................. 85<br />

SCR MAINTENANCE COURSE - TECH POWER INTERMEDIATE ........................................................................... 86<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 4


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

SCR MAINTENANCE COURSE - TECH POWER ADVANCED .................................................................................. 87<br />

SHAFFER 5TH GEN BOP MUX ELECTRICAL CONTROLS ...................................................................................... 88<br />

SHAFFER EQUIPMENT MECHANICAL (SHAFFER RUCKER MOTION COMPENSATION) .................................... 89<br />

SHAFFER EQUIPMENT MECHANICAL (SURFACE TYPE EQUIPMENT) ................................................................. 90<br />

SHAFFER EQUIPMENT MECHANICAL COURSE (SUB SEA EQUIPMENT) ............................................................ 91<br />

TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC TDS 8 ELECTRICAL COURSE ....................................................................................... 92<br />

TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC TDS 8 MECHANICAL COURSE ...................................................................................... 93<br />

TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - TDS 8 SA & 1000 ELECTRICAL ............................................................................................ 94<br />

TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC TDS 8 AND 1000 MECHANICAL COURSE ..................................................................... 95<br />

TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC TDS 9 AND 11 ELECTRICAL COURSE .......................................................................... 96<br />

TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC TDS 9 AND 11 MECHANICAL COURSE ......................................................................... 97<br />

TOP DRIVE, TDS 9, 10 & 11 SA ELECTRICAL........................................................................................................... 98<br />

TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC TDS 9, 10, 11 MECHANICAL COURSE .......................................................................... 99<br />

TOP DRIVE SYSTEM – TDS-11SA/ST80-C OVERVIEW ......................................................................................... 100<br />

TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC AND BASIC HYDRAULICS COMBINED - MECHANICAL ............................................. 101<br />

TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC TOP DRIVE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS COURSE .......................................................... 102<br />

TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - DC TDS 3, 4, 6 MECHANICAL COURSE WITH RBS.......................................................... 103<br />

TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - DC TDS 3, 4, 5, 6 ELECTRICAL COURSE ......................................................................... 104<br />

TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - DC TDS 3, 4, 5, 6 MECHANICAL COURSE ........................................................................ 105<br />

TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - TDS 3H, 3S, 4H & 4S ELECTRICAL ................................................................................... 106<br />

TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - TDS 3H, 3S, 4H & 4S MECHANICAL .................................................................................. 107<br />

TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - DC TDS AND AR3200 COMBINED MECHANICAL ............................................................ 108<br />

TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - HPS 500, 650, 750 AND 1000 MAINTENANCE COURSE .................................................. 109<br />

TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - PS SERIES MECHANICAL COURSE ................................................................................. 110<br />

TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - PS SERIES MAINTENANCE COURSE ............................................................................... 111<br />

TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - TDX-1000 MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE COURSE ......................................................... 112<br />

TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - TDX-1250 MAINTENANCE COURSE ................................................................................. 113<br />

MANAGEMENT COURSE ......................................................................................................................................... 117<br />

KRS 1000: DRILLING EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................ 117<br />

KRS 1200: CRANES.................................................................................................................................... 117<br />

KRS 1300: WELL INTERVENTION SYSTEMS ........................................................................................... 117<br />

SVG 2000: DRILLING EQUIPMENT AND CYBERBASE ............................................................................ 117<br />

OPERATORS COURSE ............................................................................................................................................ 118<br />

KRS 1010: DRILLING EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................ 118<br />

KRS 1310: WELL INTERVENTION EQUIPMENT/ SYSTEMS .................................................................... 118<br />

CYBERBASE & DRILLING EQUIPMENT/ SYSTEMS: SVG 2010 ............................................................................. 120<br />

DRILLING FLUID TECHNOLOGY OPERATORS COURSE (DFT): ASK 4010 ......................................................... 122<br />

CRANE OPERATOR COURSE ................................................................................................................................. 123<br />

KRS 1210: PIPE HANDLING CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM) ......................................................................... 123<br />

KRS 1211: OFFSHORE CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM) ................................................................................. 123<br />

KRS 1212: ACTIVE HEAVE COMPENSATED (AHC) SUBSEA CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM) .................... 123<br />

KRS 1213: RISER GANTRY CRANE .......................................................................................................... 123<br />

KRS 1214: SINGLE BOOM CRANE ............................................................................................................ 123<br />

KRS 1215: TELESCOPE BOOM CRANE .................................................................................................... 123<br />

LATTICE BOOM OFFSHORE CRANE COURSE, OPERATORS TRAINING ON SITE: MOL 3004 ......................... 125<br />

OFFSHORE CRANE COURSE: MOL 3007 ............................................................................................................... 126<br />

RISER PULL-IN WINCH COURSE: MOL 3006 ......................................................................................................... 127<br />

HYDRAULIC/ MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE COURSE .......................................................................................... 128<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 5


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

KRS 1030: DRILLING EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................ 128<br />

KRS 1330: WELL INTERVENTION EQUIPMENT/ SYSTEMS .................................................................... 128<br />

DRILLING EQUIPMENT COURSE: SVG 2030.......................................................................................................... 130<br />

DRILLING FLUID TECHNOLOGY MAINTENANCE COURSE (DFT): ASK 4030 ...................................................... 131<br />

CRANE MAINTENANCE COURSE ........................................................................................................................... 132<br />

KRS 1230: PIPE HANDLING CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM) ......................................................................... 132<br />

KRS 1231: OFFSHORE CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM) ................................................................................. 132<br />

KRS 1232: ACTIVE HEAVE COMPENSATED (AHC) SUBSEA CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM) .................... 132<br />

KRS 1233: RISER GANTRY CRANE .......................................................................................................... 132<br />

KRS 1234: SINGLE BOOM CRANE ............................................................................................................ 132<br />

KRS 1235: TELESCOPE BOOM CRANE .................................................................................................... 132<br />

LATTICE BOOM OFFSHORE CRANE MAINTENANCE COURSE: MOL 3002 ........................................................ 134<br />

OPERATION & MAINTENANCE COMBINED COURSE ........................................................................................... 135<br />

KRS 1110: SUB SEA/ MOTION COMPENSATION EQUIPMENT .............................................................. 135<br />

LATTICE BOOM OFFSHORE CRANE: MOL 3001 ................................................................................................... 137<br />

ELECTRO TECHNICAL MAINTENANCE COURSE .................................................................................................. 138<br />

KRS 1020: DRILLING AND MOTION COMPENSATING/ SUB SEA EQUIPMENT .................................... 138<br />

KRS 1320: WELL INTERVENTION EQUIPMENT/ SYSTEMS .................................................................... 138<br />

CYBERBASE & DRILLING EQUIPMENT/ SYSTEMS MAINTENANCE COURSE: SVG 2020 ................................. 140<br />

PLC MAINTENANCE COURSE: SVG 2021 .............................................................................................................. 143<br />

DRILLING FLUID TECHNOLOGY (DFT) ELECTRO-TECHNICAL MAINTENANCE COURSE: ASK 4020 .............. 144<br />

CRANE ELECTRO MAINTENANCE COURSE ......................................................................................................... 145<br />

KRS 1220: PIPE HANDLING CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM) ......................................................................... 145<br />

KRS 1221: OFFSHORE CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM) ................................................................................. 145<br />

KRS 1222: ACTIVE HEAVE COMPENSATED (AHC) SUBSEA CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM) .................... 145<br />

KRS 1223: RISER GANTRY CRANE .......................................................................................................... 145<br />

KRS 1224: SINGLE BOOM CRANE ............................................................................................................ 145<br />

KRS 1225: TELESCOPE BOOM CRANE .................................................................................................... 145<br />

CRANE INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICIANS COURSE – ADVANCED .................................................................. 147<br />

MOL 3003: LATTICE BOOM OFFSHORE CRANE ..................................................................................... 147<br />

CRANE ELECTRO TECHNICAL COURSE - ADVANCED ........................................................................................ 148<br />

MOL 3005: LATTICE BOOM OFFSHORE CRANE ..................................................................................... 148<br />

AHC SUBSEA CRANE PERFORMANCE COURSE – ADVANCED: KRS 1240 ....................................................... 149<br />

APPENDIX A.............................................................................................................................................................. 151<br />

WORLDWIDE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR TRAINING COURSES ................................................... 151<br />

APPENDIX B.............................................................................................................................................................. 157<br />

HOUSTON FACILITY MAP ......................................................................................................................... 157<br />

HOUSTON HOTEL MAP ............................................................................................................................. 158<br />

HOUSTON HOTEL REFERENCES ............................................................................................................ 159<br />

APPENDIX C ............................................................................................................................................................. 164<br />

MACAÉ, BRAZIL FACILITY MAP ................................................................................................................ 164<br />

APPENDIX D ............................................................................................................................................................. 166<br />

SINGAPORE, SOUTHEAST ASIA .............................................................................................................. 166<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 6


TRAINING FACILITIES<br />

HOUSTON, TEXAS - USA<br />

5200 N Sam Houston Parkway W, Suite 100<br />

Houston, Texas 77086<br />

Phone: +1 281-943-5800<br />

Fax: +1 281-943-5691<br />

Email: training.houston@nov.com<br />

CEDAR PARK, TEXAS - USA<br />

1200 Cypress Creek Rd.<br />

Cedar Park, Texas 78613<br />

Phone: 512-340-5530<br />

Fax: 512-340-5261<br />

Email: training.cedarpark@nov.com<br />

MACAÉ, BRAZIL<br />

Rua Lady Esteves da Conceição, 300<br />

Vale Encantado - Macaé - RJ<br />

CEP 27933-420<br />

Phone: +55 (22) 2123 2450<br />

Email: training.brazil@nov.com<br />

KRISTIANSAND, NORWAY<br />

Skibåsen 2, 4636 Kristiansand<br />

Phone: +47 38 19 20 00<br />

Fax: +47 38 19 26 04<br />

Email: training.norway@nov.com<br />

STAVANGER, NORWAY<br />

Lagerveien 20, FORUS 4069 Stavanger<br />

Phone: +47 51 81 81 81<br />

Fax: +47 51 80 05 47<br />

Email: training.norway@nov.com<br />

MOLDE, NORWAY<br />

Grandfjæra 24, 6415 Molde<br />

Phone: +47 71 20 20 20<br />

Fax: +47 71 20 20 22<br />

Email: training.norway@nov.com<br />

SINGAPORE, SOUTHEAST ASIA<br />

29 Tuas Bay Drive<br />

Singapore 637429<br />

Phone: +65 6594 1000<br />

Fax: +65 6795 5514<br />

Email: training.singapore@nov.com<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 7


MONTROSE, UNITED KINGDOM (UK)<br />

Forties Road<br />

Forties Industrial Estate<br />

Montrose, Angus, DD10 9ET<br />

Phone: +44(0) 1674 662425<br />

Fax: +44(0) 1674 662530<br />

Email: training.uk@nov.com<br />

ABERDEEN, UNITED KINGDOM (UK)<br />

Badentoy Cresent<br />

Badentoy Industrial Estate<br />

Portlethen, Aberdeen<br />

Phone: +44(0) 1674 662425<br />

Fax: +44(0) 1674 662530<br />

Email: training.uk@nov.com<br />

DUBAI, JEBEL ALI<br />

R/A # 13, Plot MO 0682; Daimler Chrysler Street<br />

AE Dubai Jebel Ali Head Office<br />

United Arab Emirates<br />

Phone: Phone: +971-4-8838776<br />

Email: Ruby.Garcia@nov.com<br />

KOREA<br />

1274 Hwasan-Ri, 4th Floor<br />

Onsan Eup, Ulju-Gun, Ulsan, South Korea<br />

Phone: +82 522 409 218<br />

Fax: +82 522 409 220<br />

Email: RS-Training-Korea@nov.com<br />

Email (Secondary): RS-KOR-Training@nov.com<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 8


TRAINING OVERVIEW<br />

PRODUCT LINE TRAINING<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

Main Goal: At the end of a product line training course, attendees shall be able to understand the complex nature of<br />

the most common machines and systems onboard a general rig or vessel.<br />

<strong>Course</strong> Participants: Open-to-all. Crews from various customers (rigs/ vessels) can participate in the same course.<br />

<strong>Course</strong> Preparation: Each Product Line <strong>Course</strong> is a standard course covering:<br />

Operation and Maintenance Instructions in the same course.<br />

The most common versions of equipment and systems on a general rig or vessel.<br />

Customers may request different dates (6 student minimum).<br />

RIG SPECIFIC TRAINING<br />

Main Goal: At the end of a rig specific training course, attendees shall be able to understand the complex nature of<br />

the equipment and systems on board a specific rig or vessel.<br />

<strong>Course</strong> Participants: Crew training exclusive to one client – one specific rig/ vessel only (8 - 10).<br />

<strong>Course</strong> Preparation: Rig specific courses cover the specific equipment and systems on a particular rig or vessel.<br />

They are specifically prepared and designed for the actual equipment and belonging control system the customer has<br />

purchased. The majority of courses are either: Hydraulic/ Mechanical <strong>Course</strong>s, Operator <strong>Course</strong>s or Electro<br />

Technical Maintenance <strong>Course</strong>s<br />

Training schedules can be adjusted to meet customer requirements. A customer may request a complete, tailor-made<br />

training package on several types of equipment and/ or systems and the courses will be presented sequentially – all<br />

in one sitting (reduces travel costs and time away from work). Rig Specific training<br />

AMPHION AND CYBERBASE SIMULATORS<br />

NOV’s customers have the opportunity to request and purchase rig specific simulator software to be developed and<br />

installed in one of NOV’s drilling simulators.<br />

The Kristiansand and Stavanger facilities offer advanced practical simulator training for Cyberbase operations.<br />

The Houston facility offers advanced practical simulator training for Amphion and Cyberbase operations.<br />

Brazil has Amphion and Cyberbase simulators.<br />

The realistic training environment can be set up to replicate the customer’s rig.<br />

From the drill chair, learners practice how to operate the various types of on-board drilling equipment.<br />

RIG CONSULTANTS<br />

Our Rig Consultants have experience on offshore rotary drilling installations, including Jackup style rigs,<br />

semisubmersible D.P. floating platforms drill ships, and various types of Land Drilling Rigs. The Consultants will<br />

deliver on site, one to one training and assessment in the safe and efficient operation of various NOV products. They<br />

will supervise, guide, and train operators and maintenance personnel to help them gain the skills necessary to<br />

operate and maintain NOV equipment. In order to maintain worldwide availability, the Rig Consultants are current on<br />

HUET, OPTI, TWIC and Safe Gulf Certifications, Well Control certifications, and Falk Alford safety training.<br />

Rig consultants work directly with the rig crew and provide daily reports of training covered, assessments on their<br />

progress, and recommendations for improving the safety and efficiency of equipment operations. Additional<br />

classroom training can be provided upon request.<br />

OFFSHORE/ONSITE INSTRUCTION<br />

Training Instructors will deliver on site, one to one training and assessment in the safe and efficient operation of<br />

various NOV products. Instructors will monitor, train, and guide operators and maintenance personnel to help them<br />

gain the skills necessary to operate and maintain NOV equipment. Refresher training for existing crew is also<br />

available; this can help to improve safety and efficiency of rig operations.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 9


MOBILE TRAINING SOLUTIONS (USA ONLY)<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

NOV’s mobile classroom can comfortably accommodate up<br />

to 10 students for training at your site. This climatecontrolled<br />

facility is equipped with all the features you would<br />

expect to find in a traditional classroom. It provides a quiet<br />

environment on site for delivering theoretical concepts which<br />

are followed by hands-on sessions using your equipment.<br />

Other benefits of the mobile classroom are:<br />

Significant time savings - training is done on site<br />

and reduces crew time away from operations.<br />

Significant cost savings - eliminates travel time and expense, making it cost effective to train more people.<br />

Provides a flexible schedule; get training when you need it.<br />

Concepts learned in the classroom can be immediately used on your equipment.<br />

The following courses can be taught from the mobile classroom or at the customer’s facility:<br />

AC Drive Fundamentals and Maintenance -<br />

ABB<br />

AC Drive Fundamentals and Maintenance -<br />

Siemens<br />

Electricity Fundamentals and Troubleshooting<br />

Baylor Brake Fundamentals, Maintenance, and<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

BX Elevators, PS21/30, and RST Mechanical -<br />

BJ Oil Tools<br />

CRT-350 Operations Maintenance and<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

Electronic Drilling System (EDS) Operations<br />

and Maintenance<br />

Hydraulic Fundamentals<br />

Hydraulics with Troubleshooting<br />

KEMS - Ideal Autodriller and Bake Control<br />

Safety System<br />

Ideal Rig (AC or DC)<br />

Industrial Practices<br />

Iron Roughneck - IR 3080 Mechanical<br />

Iron Roughneck - ST 80 Mechanical<br />

Iron Roughneck - ST 80 C Mechanical<br />

Mud Pumps - P-Series Operation and<br />

Maintenance<br />

PipeCAT Machine<br />

PLC <strong>Course</strong> for Rig Systems - Advanced Allen-<br />

Bradley<br />

PLC <strong>Course</strong> for Rig Systems - Advanced<br />

Siemens<br />

PLC <strong>Course</strong> for Rig Systems - Application of<br />

Allen- Bradley<br />

PLC <strong>Course</strong> for Rig Systems - Application of<br />

Siemens<br />

Pneumatic Fundamentals and Troubleshooting<br />

Rapid Rig<br />

SCR Maintenance - Integrated Power System<br />

Intermediate (IPS)<br />

SCR Maintenance - Ross Hill Intermediate<br />

(Generator Controls)<br />

SCR Maintenance - Ross Hill Intermediate (SCR<br />

Controls)<br />

SCR Maintenance - Tech Power Intermediate<br />

Shaffer Equipment Mechanical <strong>Course</strong> (Surface<br />

Type Equipment)<br />

Rig Overview - Land Drilling<br />

Top Drive System - AC TDS Drive Electrical<br />

Controls <strong>Course</strong><br />

Top Drive System - AC TDS-9, TDS-10, and<br />

TDS-11 Mechanical<br />

Top Drive System - PS Series Operations and<br />

Maintenance<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 10


GENERAL INFORMATION<br />

CLASSROOM TIMES<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

Normal hours of operation at all facilities are Monday thru Friday and based on an 8 hour day of instruction.<br />

PAYMENT OPTIONS<br />

<strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong> accepts the following types of payment:<br />

Wire Transfer<br />

Credit Card<br />

Company Check<br />

Cashier’s Check<br />

Purchase Orders are required 30 days prior to class commencement<br />

ENROLLMENT<br />

Please contact the appropriate facility to confirm seat availability or to schedule training.<br />

For open enrollment courses, complete an Enrollment Form and email or fax to the appropriate facility.<br />

Submit payment by one of the options above.<br />

CANCELLATION POLICY<br />

Please refer to the Appendix A for specific details on <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong>’s Worldwide Terms and Conditions for<br />

Training <strong>Course</strong>s.<br />

ATTIRE<br />

To maintain a professional atmosphere and adhere to safety standards, personnel attending classes will be required<br />

to wear long pants and shirts with sleeves - short/long. Any classes with training performed in our shop area will<br />

require steel-toed boots, safety glasses and protective clothing. Shorts, tank-tops, sandals, flip-flops, or any opentoed<br />

shoes are not allowed at any of the <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong> Training Solutions facilities. Students arriving in<br />

inappropriate attire will be asked to leave and change into appropriate attire at their own expense and may miss<br />

valuable training time. At NOV, your safety is our number one concern; therefore your cooperation would be<br />

appreciated.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 11


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 12


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

<strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> Listings<br />

Product Line<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 13


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 14


AC DRIVE FUNDAMENTALS AND MAINTENANCE COURSE (ABB)<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All individuals responsible for the operation and maintenance of ABB AC drives<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify and understand the operation of the ABB keypad<br />

Describe the different types and understand the history behind the AC Drives<br />

Troubleshoot by performing different tests on the AC Drive using simulator<br />

Connect to the ABB AC Drive and control the drive with Drive Window<br />

State the function of the different components used with the ABB ACS 800 Drive<br />

Take control of the ABB AC Drive both locally and remotely and change the software on the drive<br />

Perform adaptive programming inside the ABB drive<br />

Create a backup package and restore the parameters and firmware in the drive or drives the student has on the<br />

rig<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

In this course, students will discuss power conversion, the three phase induction motor, and the AC Drive braking<br />

systems. Students will also utilize a laptop computer to become familiar with the software package relating to the<br />

configuration of the ABB AC Drive.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Motors<br />

System overview<br />

Dual stage voltage converters<br />

Parameters<br />

Brake chopper and Software Tools<br />

Communications with external controller<br />

Maintenance<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

PLC <strong>Course</strong> for Rig Systems - Applications of Siemens<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 7 - January 11 ..................................Houston July 17 - July 21 ....................... Brazil<br />

January 21 - January 25 ................................Houston July 22 - July 26 ....................... Houston<br />

February 4 - February 8 .................................Houston August 5 - August 9 ................. Houston<br />

February 4 - February 8 .................................Montrose, UK August 19 - August 23 ............. Brazil<br />

February 25 – March 1 ...................................Houston August 19 - August 23 ............. Houston<br />

March 4 - March 8 ..........................................Brazil August 26 - August 30 ............. Brazil<br />

March 18 - March 22 ......................................Houston September 9 - September 13 ... Houston<br />

April 8 - April 12 ..............................................Houston September 30 - October 4........ Brazil<br />

April 15 - April 19 ............................................Brazil September 30 - October 4........ Houston<br />

April 22 - April 26 ............................................Houston October 7 - October 11 ............ Montrose, UK<br />

April 22 - April 26 ............................................Brazil October 14 - October 18 .......... Houston<br />

May 6 - May 10 ..............................................Houston October 28 - November 1 ........ Brazil<br />

May 20 - May 24 ............................................Houston October 28 - November 1 ........ Houston<br />

June 3 - June 7 ..............................................Houston November 4 - November 8 ....... Houston<br />

June17 - June 21 ...........................................Houston November 18 - November 22 ... Houston<br />

June 24 - June 28 ..........................................Brazil November 25 - November 29 ... Brazil<br />

July 8 - July 12 ...............................................Houston December 9 - December 13 ..... Houston<br />

This course is also available upon request in Brazil, Singapore, Dubai, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a<br />

customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 15


AC DRIVE FUNDAMENTALS AND MAINTENANCE COURSE (SIEMENS)<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All individuals responsible for the operation and maintenance of Siemens AC drives<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Configure “base drive” logic and self-tune the drive for proper operation<br />

Identify the use of the available fixed function and programmable analog and binary Inputs/Outputs<br />

Troubleshoot: an invalid drive configurations by utilizing the function diagrams; indicated drive faults and<br />

warnings; the converter and inverter hardware components<br />

Identify hardware configurations and verify required connections<br />

State the basic use and operation of the 6SE70VC regulators and function of the 6SE70VS option boards<br />

Configure and operate the 6SE70VC using the “USS” and SIMOLINK (Peer-to-Peer link) protocols<br />

Use motor and drive data for proper initialization of the 6SE70VC<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course covers the theory of operation, troubleshooting, and maintenance of the Siemens AC Drives utilized on<br />

the TDS Top Drives. The students will be able to utilize a laptop computer to connect to the drive controller. The<br />

course also covers the three phase induction motor theory and the drive parameters through the PLC interface.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Motors<br />

System overview<br />

Dual stage voltage converters<br />

Parameters<br />

Brake Chopper<br />

Software tools<br />

Communications with external controller<br />

Maintenance<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Houston, Singapore, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s<br />

facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 16


AMPHION CONTROLS OPERATORS COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All individuals responsible for the operation and maintenance of the Amphion Control System<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Describe and explain the purpose of the Amphion Control System<br />

Demonstrate proficient use of the system control surfaces<br />

Recognize and understand on-screen information<br />

Use on-screen information for basic rig equipment troubleshooting<br />

Recognize and respond appropriately to alarm conditions<br />

Simulate safe and efficient drilling and tripping operations for rig applications<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course identifies the main components of the system and provides a basic overview of the capabilities of the<br />

Amphion System. The course also provides practice on an NOV Amphion simulator. Unlike traditional simulation<br />

programs, the NOV simulation system uses actual tools and screen software code that is run on an actual rig. This<br />

creates a very realistic training environment for the rig operators.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Distributed processing<br />

Tripping design objectives<br />

Drilling<br />

Stopping<br />

Soft trip<br />

Safety - ZMS<br />

Equipment operation chairs<br />

Power slips<br />

Drawworks<br />

Top drive system<br />

Pipe handling, Mud pumps<br />

Auxiliaries<br />

Maintenance and troubleshooting<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 7 - January 11 ................... Houston September 16 - September 20 ........... Brazil<br />

January 21 - January 25 ................. Houston September 23 - September 27 ........... Houston<br />

February 4 - February 8 .................. Houston September 30 - October 4 .................. Brazil<br />

February 25 - March 1 ..................... Houston October 1 - October 5 ......................... Houston<br />

March 11 - March 15 ....................... Houston October 7 - October 11 ....................... Brazil<br />

April 8 - April 12 ............................... Houston October 7 - October 11 ....................... Houston<br />

April 22 - April 26 ............................. Houston October 7 - October 11 ....................... Singapore<br />

May 6 - May 10 ............................... Houston October 14 - October 18 ..................... Brazil<br />

May 20 - May 24 ............................. Houston October 21 - October 25 ..................... Brazil<br />

June 10 - June 14 ........................... Houston October 21 - October 25 ..................... Houston<br />

June 24 - June 28 ........................... Houston October 28 - November 1 ................... Brazil<br />

July 8 - July 12 ................................ Houston October 29 - November 2 ................... Houston<br />

July 8 - July 12 ................................ Singapore November 4 - November 8 ................. Houston<br />

July 22 - July 26 .............................. Houston November 11 - November 15 ............. Singapore<br />

August 5 - August 9 ......................... Houston November 18 - November 22 ............. Houston<br />

August 12 - August 16 ..................... Singapore November 25 - November 29 ............. Brazil<br />

August 19 - August 23 ..................... Houston December 2 - December 6 ................. Houston<br />

August 13 - August 17 ..................... Singapore December 9 - December 13 ............... Singapore<br />

September 9 - September 13 ............ Houston December 16 - December 20 ............. Houston<br />

September 9 - September 13 .......... Singapore<br />

This course is also available upon request in Brazil and Montrose, UK.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 17


AMPHION MAINTENANCE COURSE FOR RIG ELECTRICIAN AND E.T.<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All individuals responsible for the maintenance of the Amphion Control System<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Describe the Amphion control system<br />

Explain the purpose of the Amphion control system<br />

Identify Amphion components on flow-chart and describe the purpose of each<br />

Navigate Amphion screens to locate and open diagnostic tools<br />

Diagnose and troubleshoot problems using the tools Amphion provides<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course includes a detailed description of how the overall system functions and descriptions of all major parts.<br />

Networking as applied to requirements of this system will be discussed. The students will understand the differences<br />

between Profibus DP and Ethernet networks. The course includes Single Board Controller operation and diagnostics.<br />

Systems screen displays will be analyzed for information pertaining to maintenance and troubleshooting.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Tripping design objectives<br />

Drilling<br />

Stopping<br />

Soft trip<br />

Safety-ZMS<br />

Equipment calibration<br />

Operator’s basic maintenance and troubleshooting<br />

Amphion service<br />

Moxa Ethernet switchFuture expansion<br />

VDAQ backup and restore<br />

Compact flash image<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

The Amphion Operators course is highly recommended before attending this course<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 14 - January 18 ...................... Houston<br />

January 14 - January 18 ...................... Montrose, UK<br />

January 28 - February 1 ....................... Houston<br />

February 11 - February 15 ................... Houston<br />

March 4 - March 8 ................................ Houston<br />

March 18 - March 22 ............................ Houston<br />

April 15 - April 19 ................................. Houston<br />

April 29 - May 3 .................................... Houston<br />

May 13 - May 17 ................................... Houston<br />

June 3 - June 7 ..................................... Houston<br />

June 17 - June 21 ................................. Houston<br />

July 15 - July 19 .................................... Houston<br />

July 29 - August 2 ................................. Houston<br />

August 12 - August 16 ......................... Houston<br />

August 26 - August 30 ......................... Houston<br />

September 16 - September 20 ............. Houston<br />

September 23 - September 27 ............. Brazil<br />

September 30 - October 4..................... Houston<br />

October 14 - October 18 ...................... Houston<br />

October 21 - October 25 ...................... Montrose, UK<br />

October 28 - November 1..................... Houston<br />

November 4 - November 8 ................... Brazil<br />

November 5 - November 9 .................... Houston<br />

December 10 - December 14 ............... Houston<br />

This course is also available upon request in Brazil.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 18


BASIC ELECTRICITY FUNDAMENTALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All personnel required to learn basic electrical fundamentals and troubleshooting skills.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Understand and describe basic electrical theory, with emphasis on component functions and measurement<br />

instrumentation.<br />

Demonstrate circuit analysis in schematics and diagrams using symbol recognition and circuit paths.<br />

Apply circuit principal to operator circuits using industrial components.<br />

Perform circuit parameter measurements.<br />

Demonstrate use of various troubleshooting and measurement techniques.<br />

Discuss the need for lockout/tagout<br />

Relate the schematic drawing to where measurements need to be taken.<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to give the student a solid overview of electrical fundamentals. It will include the following<br />

topics: ohm’s law and the units of electrical measurement with an emphasis on understanding voltage and current<br />

relationships. The student will develop an understanding of series and parallel circuits. Students will build circuits and<br />

use test equipment to troubleshoot problems in order to gain the practical experience required to locate and repair<br />

electrical problems on the rig. The training sessions are designed to include a discussion of electrical fundamentals<br />

followed by a practical session to reinforce the student’s learning.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Safety<br />

Grounding<br />

Voltage and current relationships<br />

How to use a digital volt meter<br />

Basic circuit analysis<br />

Drawing interpretation<br />

Measurement techniques for common components<br />

Hands on circuit construction from schematics including troubleshooting<br />

Simple circuit fault analysis<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 21 - January 25 ................. Houston<br />

February 11 - February 15 .............. Houston<br />

March 4 - March 8 ........................... Houston<br />

April 22 - April 26 ............................. Houston<br />

May 13 - May 17 ............................. Houston<br />

June 3 - June 7 ............................... Houston<br />

July 22 - July 26 .............................. Houston<br />

August 12 - August 16 ..................... Houston<br />

September 16 - September 20 ........ Houston<br />

October 14 - October 18 ................. Houston<br />

November 18 - November 22 .......... Houston<br />

December 9 December 13 .............. Houston<br />

This course is available upon request in the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 19


BAYLOR BRAKE FUNDAMENTALS, MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All individuals responsible for the operation and maintenance of the Baylor brake system<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

2 Days - $2,000<br />

(Saturday and Sunday in Houston)<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Understand brake application, theory, and operation<br />

Disassemble brakes and assemble operations<br />

Describe controllers, battery back-up systems, and cooling systems<br />

Identify maintenance and troubleshooting techniques<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

In this course, students will learn the magnetic principles used for brake operation. Lab experiments specifically<br />

designed to teach these principles will be utilized to ensure all students gain a solid understanding. The course will<br />

cover system specifications, transformers, and power converters. It will also break down system components such as<br />

the driller’s control and the brake controller. The course also covers the maintenance of the driller’s control,<br />

transformer, and cooling system and discussions concerning disassembly and repair.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Lenz effect<br />

Brake disassembly<br />

Purpose of the controller<br />

Baylor brake controls<br />

Maintenance and troubleshooting<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 19 - January 20 ........................ Houston<br />

January 28 - January 29 ........................ Brazil<br />

March 25 - March 26 .............................. Brazil<br />

April 13 - April 14 .................................... Houston<br />

May 27 - May 28 .................................... Brazil<br />

June 8 - June 9 ...................................... Houston<br />

July 29 - July 30 ..................................... Brazil<br />

August 10 - August 11 ............................ Houston<br />

October 12 - October 13 ....................... Houston<br />

November 11 - November 12 ................. Brazil<br />

November 13 - November 14 ................. Brazil<br />

This course is available upon request in Brazil, Singapore, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 20


BLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BCS)<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

This course is designed to provide drillers and rig electricians with training on the operation, maintenance, fault<br />

finding and basic repair of the BCS system and Data Acquisition System 3 (DAQ).<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

2 Days - $2,000<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

List identity and purpose of the major components of the BCS system<br />

Use Calconf to calibrate sensor inputs, adjust set points, monitor system performance and troubleshoot<br />

Set up the 2025B controller for specific brake models<br />

Operate the system using a simulator<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

The course includes an overview of the DAQ 3 power-up procedures and visual checks; sensor set-up, connection,<br />

fault finding, calibration and configuration. The course also covers the Baylor 2025B system with a basic introduction<br />

to friction and eddy current brake principles; system fault-finding and auxiliary panel. The Driller’s control panel is also<br />

covered focusing on proper operation of the system.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Introduction<br />

System overview and components<br />

Set-up and calibration (2025B)<br />

Set-up and calibration (DAQ)<br />

Tuning and troubleshooting<br />

System operation (with simulator)<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

February 23 - February 24 ..................... Cedar Park<br />

April 10 - April 11 .................................... Cedar Park<br />

June 26 - June 27 .................................. Cedar Park<br />

September 24 - September 25 ............... Cedar Park<br />

November 29 - November 30 ................. Cedar Park<br />

This course is available upon request at Cedar Park.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 21


BX ELEVATOR - MECHANICAL<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All individuals responsible for the maintenance of the BX Elevator<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

2 Days - $2,000<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify, locate, and explain the function of each component<br />

Follow procedures and precautions during installation and commissioning<br />

Explain proper maintenance procedures for components and systems<br />

Demonstrate proper maintenance and troubleshooting techniques<br />

Tear down, inspect, and rebuild with minimal instructor assistance<br />

Identify hydraulic functions of the BX Elevator using schematics<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is primarily a lecture course with hands-on activities. The students will learn about the unit components,<br />

controls, operation sequences, routine maintenance, and safety for NOV BX Elevator<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Introduction<br />

Equipment overview<br />

Installation and commissioning<br />

Operations<br />

Maintenance and troubleshooting<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

December 16 - December 18 ................. Aberdeen, UK<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 22


BX ELEVATOR, PS-21/30, AND RST MECHANICAL- BJ OIL TOOLS<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All individuals responsible for the maintenance of the BX Elevator, PS-21/30, and RST Mechanical- BJ Oil Tools<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

3 Days - $2,500<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify, locate, and explain the function of each component<br />

Follow procedures and precautions during installation and commissioning<br />

Explain proper maintenance procedures for components and systems<br />

Demonstrate proper maintenance and troubleshooting techniques<br />

Tear down, inspect, and rebuild with minimal instructor assistance<br />

Identify hydraulic functions of the BX Elevator using schematics<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is primarily a lecture course with hands-on activities. The students will learn about the unit components,<br />

controls, operation sequences, routine maintenance, and safety for NOV BX Elevator, Power Slips (PS -21/30), and<br />

Rotary Support Table (RST).<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Introduction<br />

Equipment overview<br />

Installation and commissioning<br />

Operations<br />

Maintenance and troubleshooting<br />

PS- 21/30<br />

Rotary Support Table<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 21 - January 23 ................. Brazil<br />

February 19 - February 21 .............. Houston<br />

March 19 - March 21 ....................... Houston<br />

March 25 - March 27 ....................... Brazil<br />

May 27 - May 29 ............................. Brazil<br />

June 18 - June 20 ........................... Houston<br />

July 29 - July 31 .............................. Brazil<br />

August 20 - August 22 ..................... Houston<br />

October 22 - October 24 ................. Houston<br />

October 28 - October 30 ................. Brazil<br />

This course is available upon request in the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 23


CRT 350 MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING COURSE<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All individuals responsible for the operation and maintenance of the CRT 350<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

1 Day - $750<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify, compare, and contrast the parts and different panels<br />

Understand selection and proper operation of different size FAC tools<br />

Explain rig up procedures using the TSEL-0168 Field Commissioning and Instruction Procedure<br />

Identify procedures for maintaining the CRT 350 and recognize when repairs are needed<br />

Identify the most common hydraulic symbols and state the flow path of hydraulic fluid in a given system using a<br />

schematic<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

In this one-day course, students will learn the unit components, operation sequences, routine maintenance, and<br />

safety while discussing maintenance functions on the CRT 350.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Equipment overview<br />

Fill up and circulation<br />

Preparation and rig up<br />

Operation<br />

Maintenance and inspection<br />

Hydraulics and troubleshooting<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Houston, UK, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 24


CYBERBASE OPERATIONS COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All individuals responsible for the operation and maintenance of the Cyberbase control system.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Outline the safe and proper way to set up the Cyberbase equipment.<br />

Examine the DCDA system to determine how the chair operation and screens work together.<br />

Use the DCI to operate the Emergency Stop, Anti-Collision, Mud Pump Control, and other supporting equipment.<br />

Describe the SDI operations and how it functions in relation to the total drilling package.<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

In this course, students will be introduced to Cyberbase, drilling equipment, and zone management. . The training will<br />

be carried out emphasizing hands on training, supplemented by theory. Students will learn the operating<br />

characteristics and limits of specific equipment under different scenarios. The class will progress through different<br />

exercises to a final exercise, in which they must prepare all system screens and network stations to drill a well.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Cyberbase Hardware Setup- Driller’s Cabin, Control Chair, and HVAC<br />

Drilling Control Data Acquisition System (DCDA)<br />

Drilling Control Interface (DCI) incl. Emergency Stop, Anti-Collision, Mud Pump Control, and Miscellaneous<br />

Equipment (Rotary Support Table, Slips, Elevator, Trip Tank Pump, Displays)<br />

Smart Drilling Instrumentation (SDI)<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 7 - January 1 ..................... Houston<br />

January 21 - January 25 ................. Houston<br />

February 11 - February 15 .............. Houston<br />

March 4 - March 8 ........................... Houston<br />

April 22 - April 26 ............................. Houston<br />

May 13 - May 17 ............................. Houston<br />

June 3 - June 7 ............................... Houston<br />

June 24 - June 28 ........................... Houston<br />

July 1 - July 5 .................................. Singapore<br />

July 8 - July 12 ................................ Houston<br />

July 22 - July 26 .............................. Houston<br />

July 29 - August 2 ........................... Singapore<br />

August 5 - August 9 ......................... Houston<br />

August 19 - August 23 ..................... Houston<br />

August 26 - August 30 ..................... Singapore<br />

September 16 - September 20 ........ Houston<br />

September 30 - October 4 ............... Houston<br />

October 14 - October 18 ................. Houston<br />

November 4 - November 8 .............. Houston<br />

November 18 - November 22 .......... Houston<br />

December 2 - December 6 .............. Houston<br />

December 16 - December 20 .......... Houston<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 25


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

DATA ACQUISITION (DAQ) SYSTEM AND RIGSENSE TM , M/D TOTCO MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All individuals responsible for the maintenance of the RigSense drilling data system and total Data Acquisition<br />

System (DAQ).<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

4 Days - $2,850<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Understand Drill logic and operating principle of the system<br />

Backup and reload Calconf files<br />

Use the built in system tools for trouble-shooting<br />

Identify the specific component failure<br />

Conclude the root cause<br />

Reconfigure and recalibrate sensors/software/system<br />

Fine tune system performance and etc.<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course provides the participant with the knowledge and skill sets needed to configure, calibrate, troubleshoot,<br />

and maintenance of the system. The theory and practical sessions will enable the participants to be familiar with the<br />

terminology, electrical interconnectivity and operating principle of the system.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

System overview<br />

Component ID’s and functional descriptions<br />

System 4 DAQ Calconf usage<br />

Basic Networking<br />

RigSense operation<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 14 - January 17 ............... Singapore<br />

March 18 - March 21 ..................... Singapore<br />

May 13 - May 16 ........................... Singapore<br />

June 3 - June 6 ............................. Singapore<br />

June 15 - June 18 ......................... Singapore<br />

June 24 - June 27 ......................... Singapore<br />

July 15 - July 18 ............................ Singapore<br />

August 26 - August 29 ................... Singapore<br />

September 16 - September 19 ...... Singapore<br />

October 7 - October 10 ................. Singapore<br />

November 18 - November 21 ........ Singapore<br />

This course is available upon request in Singapore.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 26


DAQ SYSTEM 4 AND RIGSENSE TM 2 MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

This course is designed to provide drillers and rig electricians with training on the operation, maintenance, fault<br />

finding, and basic repair of the RigSense drilling data system and the Total Data Acquisition System (DAQ).<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

4 Days - $2,850<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Understand Drill logic and operating principle of the system<br />

Backup and reload Calconf files<br />

Use the built in system tools for trouble-shooting<br />

Configure and calibrate sensors/software/system<br />

Demonstrate RigSense operation<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course provides an overview of RigSense, touch-screen display (if applicable), system configuration,<br />

maintenance, and troubleshooting of the RigSense program. It also includes an overview of the DAQ Total System 5<br />

power-up procedures and visual checks; sensor setup connection, fault finding, calibration and configuration and the<br />

spare parts used for the system.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

System overview<br />

Component ID’s and functional descriptions<br />

System 4 DAQ Calconf usage<br />

Basic Networking<br />

RigSense operation<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 10 - January 13 ............... Cedar Park<br />

February 7 – February 10 ............. Cedar Park<br />

March 25 - March 28 ..................... Brazil<br />

April 1 - April 4............................... Brazil<br />

April 2 – April 5 .............................. Cedar Park<br />

May 6 - May 9 ............................... Aberdeen, UK<br />

May 6 - May 9 ............................... Brazil<br />

June 5 - June 8 ............................. Cedar Park<br />

July 1 - July 4 ................................ Brazil<br />

August 7 - August 10 ..................... Cedar Park<br />

August 13 - August 16 ................... Singapore<br />

August 19 - August 22 ................... Brazil<br />

August 26 - August 29 ................... Brazil<br />

October 2 - October 5 ................... Cedar Park<br />

November 11 - November 14 ........ Brazil<br />

December 16 - December 19 ........ Aberdeen, UK<br />

This course is available upon request in Brazil and Cedar Park.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 27


DAQ SYSTEM 5 AND RIGSENSE TM 3 MAINTENANCE<br />

BASIC DAQ 5.0 AUDIENCE<br />

This course is designed for Field Service Technicians and Customers.<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

RIG SENSE 3.1 AUDIENCE<br />

This course is designed for NOV RS IMO Field Service Technicians with little to no previous knowledge of the<br />

RigSense 3.1 System.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

4 Days - $2,850<br />

BASIC DAQ 5.0 LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify common installation layout of the Total DAQ system.<br />

Identify the components in the DAQ and describe what they do.<br />

Use Calconf to calibrate and troubleshoot.<br />

Demonstrate troubleshooting with a Multi-Meter.<br />

Demonstrate how to install and troubleshoot J-Boxes.<br />

Demonstrate how to install and calibrate Sensors<br />

RIG SENSE 3.1 LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Explain the service call guidelines for rig visits.<br />

Identify the RigSense System setup for wired, wireless and Internet Explorer.<br />

Define network.<br />

Recall RigSense networking components.<br />

Use the new RigSense 3.1 system<br />

BASIC DAQ 5.0 COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to familiarize Field Service Technicians and customers with basic electrical and multi-meter<br />

practices, DAQ components, Calconf and sensor calibration and installation.<br />

RIG SENSE 3.1 COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed as an introduction to RigSense 3.1 and all of its associated features.<br />

BASIC DAQ 5.0 COURSE CONTENT<br />

Basic Electrical and Multi-Meter Practices<br />

DAQ Components<br />

Calconf<br />

J-Boxes Installation and Troubleshooting<br />

Sensor Calibration and Installation<br />

RIG SENSE 3.1 COURSE CONTENT<br />

Introduction<br />

Service Call Guidelines<br />

RigSense System<br />

Networking<br />

What’s New for 3.1?<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

March 6 – March 9 .......................... Cedar Park<br />

May 8 – May 11 ............................... Cedar Park<br />

July 10 – July 13 ............................. Cedar Park<br />

September 11 - September 14 ........ Cedar Park<br />

November 6 – November 9 ............. Cedar Park<br />

December 4 - December 7 .............. Cedar Park<br />

This course is available upon request at Cedar Park.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 28


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

DC-VI DIGITAL CONTROL MODULE FUNDAMENTALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING COURSE - ROSS HILL<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All individuals responsible for the operation and maintenance of the DC -VI Module<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

3 Days - $2,500<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify and describe components on the DC-VI SCR Cubicle<br />

Describe drive, bridge, and signal operation for the regulating module<br />

Analyze software block diagram<br />

Show communication set-up for the DC-VI regulating module<br />

Perform lab exercises related to program structure and troubleshooting program operations<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course will cover DC-VI schematics, analog and digital signal processing, and hardware and software problems.<br />

The student will be able to verify operations, monitor data, upload, and download programs through a computer and<br />

the DC -VI Simulator Cubicle.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Module set up<br />

Drive controller<br />

Bridge controller<br />

Signal conditioning board<br />

Cubicle layout<br />

Current and voltage feedbacks<br />

Surfboards<br />

Hookups<br />

Software diagrams<br />

Drive permissive<br />

CBT<br />

EPSS<br />

Advanced software options<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Houston.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 29


DRAWWORKS - 1625 UDBE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All drilling rig personnel responsible for supervising the operation and maintenance of the <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong><br />

1625DE/UDBE<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

2 Days - $2,000<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify and describe the Drawworks in general terms (range of application & function).<br />

Explain the system design of the (i.e. hydraulic, electrical, mechanical, control system).<br />

Outline the assembly and the individual sub-assemblies of the Drawworks.<br />

Identify the different models of the Drawworks and their range of application.<br />

Inspect a Drawworks machine for maintenance issues and troubleshoot.<br />

Identify and describe the brake system of a Drawworks in general terms (range of application & function).<br />

Recognize and maintain the disc brake system of a Drawworks machine.<br />

Explain the routine maintenance procedures and inspections.<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to teach students parts identification, Drawworks specifications, operational limitations,<br />

installation, operation, periodic maintenance and inspection for the Drawworks machine and brake system.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Equipment Overview<br />

Operations<br />

Lubrication<br />

Brake Types<br />

Disc Inspection<br />

Maintenance and Troubleshooting<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 30 - January 31 ................. Brazil<br />

March 27 - March 28 ....................... Brazil<br />

May 13 - May 14 ............................. Brazil<br />

August 21 - August 22 ..................... Brazil<br />

November 13 - November 14 .......... Brazil<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 30


DRAWWORKS - 1625, 1320, 110, 80 & 55 WITH UNIVERSAL DISC BRAKE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

This course is designed for Roughnecks and Mechanics that maintain the Drawworks 1625, 1320, 110, 80 or 55 and<br />

Universal Disc Brake (UDB).<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

2 Days - $2,000<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify the Drawworks 1625, 1320, 110, 80 and 55 and UDB System major parts and subassemblies, using the<br />

Parts List;<br />

Understand the Drawworks 1625, 1320, 110, 80 and 55 and UDB specifications;<br />

Understand the operation of the Drawworks 1625, 1320, 110, 80 and 55 and UDB;<br />

Recognize the operational limitations of Drawworks 1625, 1320, 110, 80 and 55 and UDB;<br />

Make the correct maintenance on Drawworks 1625, 1320, 110, 80 and 55 and UDB, specially the correct<br />

lubrication, using the Parts List;<br />

Identify problems on Drawworks 1625, 1320, 110, 80 and 55 and UDB, using pneumatic and hydraulic systems<br />

as a tool for the troubleshooting.<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to teach students identification of parts, specifications and operational limits, installation,<br />

operation, periodic maintenance and inspection of Drawworks 1625, 1320, 110, 80 and 55 and Universal Disc Brake<br />

(UDB) System. Pneumatic and Hydraulic drawings will be used in class to help clarifying the understanding of<br />

Drawworks 1625, 1320, 110, 80 and 55 and Universal Disc Brake (UDB) System.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Drawworks General Overview<br />

Operation<br />

Lubrication<br />

Maintenance<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

Operation on Universal Disc Brake<br />

Maintenance on Universal Disc Brake<br />

Troubleshooting at Universal Disc Brake<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 30 - January 31 ................. Brazil<br />

March 27 - March 28 ....................... Brazil<br />

May 13 - May 14 ............................. Brazil<br />

June 19 - June 20 ........................... Brazil<br />

August 21 - August 22 ..................... Brazil<br />

November 13 - November 14 .......... Brazil<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 31


DRAWWORKS - ADS 10/20/30 MAINTENANCE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

This course provides Individuals who have little or no working experience with system. This is also for individuals who<br />

work as maintenance technicians and personnel who are responsible for the operation.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify and explain purposes of major parts<br />

Describe minor parts and accessories<br />

Describe normal operations, local operating procedures and pre-start preparations<br />

Explain emergency procedures or responses to failure<br />

Describe maintenance timeframes and requirements<br />

Use hydraulic and electrical drawings to troubleshoot common faults<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to provide student with knowledge and skills needed to accomplish work related to the<br />

system. Participants will become familiar with various types of ADS models, systems operation, troubleshooting,<br />

terminology, and electrical circuit interpretation<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Distinguishing configuration<br />

Identifying major components<br />

Identifying common procedures<br />

Identifying common functionality<br />

General characteristics of controls<br />

Definition of a control system<br />

Trouble shooting and maintenance<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Singapore.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 32


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

DRAWWORKS-ADS10Q WITH WATER-COOLED BRAKES MECHAINCAL MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

This course is designed for personnel that maintain and troubleshoot the ADS-10Q with Water-Cooled Brakes<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Describe and summarize the main data of the ADS-10Q in general terms.<br />

Describe the main components of the ADS-10Q.<br />

Explain the safety functions of the ADS-10Q.<br />

Describe how to prepare and configure the machine before start-up.<br />

Explain the differences between manual control operation and remote control operation.<br />

Explain the safety aspects and precautions related to maintenance.<br />

Explain the ADS-10Q routine inspections.<br />

Demonstrate the ability to utilize the information given in the Reference Drawings in order to complement<br />

maintenance instructions in the service manual.<br />

Explain the use of the machine’s lubrication chart<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to teach personnel operation, maintenance, troubleshooting and repair of the ADS-10Q<br />

Automated Drawworks System with Water-Cooled Brakes. In this course the student will receive an overview of the<br />

operating procedures for maintenance and troubleshooting purposes, function of the mechanical systems and the<br />

correct lubrication schedule required to keep the ADS-10Q working properly. Mechanical and hydraulic<br />

troubleshooting will also be included in this course.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Equipment Data and Technical Description<br />

Equipment Operations<br />

General Maintenance<br />

Fluid Power<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

Hands-On Training<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Houston.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 33


DRAWWORKS - E3000<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Roughnecks and Mechanics that install, operate, and maintain the Drawworks E3000 machine<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

2 Days - $2,000<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify and describe the Drawworks E3000 in general terms (range of application & function).<br />

Explain the system design of the E3000 (i.e. hydraulic, electrical, mechanical, control system).<br />

Outline the assembly and the individual sub-assemblies of the Drawworks E3000.<br />

Inspect a Drawworks E3000 machine for maintenance issues and troubleshoot.<br />

Identify and describe the brake system of a Drawworks E3000 in general terms (range of application & function).<br />

Recognize and maintain the disc brake system of a Drawworks E3000 machine.<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to teach students parts identification, Drawworks E3000 specifications, operational<br />

limitations, installation, operation, periodic maintenance and inspection for the Drawworks E3000 machine and brake<br />

system.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Drawworks E3000<br />

General Specifications<br />

Frame and Shafts<br />

Chains and Sprockets<br />

Main Brake<br />

Service Brake and Emergency Brake<br />

Operation<br />

Maintenance<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

Universal Disc Brake<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 28 - January 29 ................. Brazil<br />

March 25 - March 26 ....................... Brazil<br />

May 27 - May 28 ............................. Brazil<br />

August 19 - August 20 ..................... Brazil<br />

November 11 - November 12 .......... Brazil<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 34


ELECTRICAL SENSORS<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Tool pushers, mechanics, electronic technicians, and electricians who would like a better understanding of the<br />

various types of sensors used on a rig<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Understand the various types of common sensors used on a rig<br />

Build DC current and voltage meters from one common meter type<br />

Differentiate between accuracy and precision<br />

Understand range, response time, linearity, sensitivity and offset as it relates to sensors<br />

Describe why we use barriers between sensors and PLC’s<br />

Explain how various sensors work, including pressure, load cells, flow, level proximity and temperature<br />

Develop a thorough understanding of Encoder’s internal operations, use as speed and height sensors and look<br />

at output signals<br />

Build a temperature circuit with an RTD to understand the principal of feedback<br />

Develop an understanding of how a PLC takes signals in from sensors and decides how to handle<br />

Understand ladder logic<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

In this course, students will discuss various types of sensors used on modern drilling rigs, and learn how and why<br />

they need to be calibrated. Time will be spent on sensor terminology and characteristics. We will do hands on training<br />

by hooking up a typical encoder to an oscilloscope and view the output waveforms. The students will also learn by<br />

assembling a circuit using our industrial trainers, how sensors send signals to PLC’s where the inputs are interpreted<br />

and sent to outputs.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Temp sensors<br />

Pressure sensors<br />

Flow sensors<br />

Encoders<br />

Load cells<br />

Intrinsically Safe Barriers<br />

Calibration requirements<br />

Types of sensor communication signals<br />

What PLC’s are and how they work<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 21 - January 25 ................. Brazil<br />

January 28 - February 1 .................. Brazil<br />

March 11 - March 15 ....................... Brazil<br />

March 18 - March 22 ....................... Brazil<br />

April 1 - April 5................................. Houston<br />

May 13 - May 17 ............................. Brazil<br />

May 20 - May 24 ............................. Brazil<br />

July 8 - July 12 ................................ Brazil<br />

July 22 - July 26 .............................. Brazil<br />

August 5 - August 9 ......................... Brazil<br />

August 12 - August 16 ..................... Brazil<br />

August 26 - August 30 ..................... Houston<br />

September 30 - October 4 ............... Brazil<br />

November 4 - November 8 .............. Brazil<br />

December 16 - December 20 .......... Brazil<br />

December 16 - December 20 .......... Houston<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 35


ELECTRONIC DRILLING SYSTEM (EDS) OPERATORS COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

This course is designed for tool pushers, drillers and assistant drillers that need to understand operational<br />

characteristics, general maintenance and calibration of the EDS Drilling Controls.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

3 Days - $2,650<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Rig input requirements<br />

Wichita Brake<br />

Brake cooling system<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

The course begins with an introduction, covers EDS safety, and theory of operation. The EDS system will be<br />

discussed to develop a complete understanding of alarm recognition, identification and purpose. A detailed<br />

discussion of EDS operations will cover mode screens, setup, system monitoring, help, cut & slip, weight indicator<br />

and trending graph. The parameter adjustments Tripping and Drilling modes are explained. These parameters<br />

include but are not limited to ROP, WOB, Torque and Delta P. Several basic scenarios concerning EDS<br />

troubleshooting will be addressed. Students will perform operational simulations and the need for calibration of<br />

sensors will be explained. Each student must complete a final examination with a score of 70% or better to receive a<br />

certificate of completion troubleshooting will be addressed. Students will perform operational simulations and the<br />

need for calibration of sensors will be explained. Each student must complete a performance test and final<br />

examination with a score of 70% or better to receive a certificate of completion.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Safety<br />

EDS theory of operation<br />

Alarm system<br />

System components<br />

Operations<br />

Maintenance<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Montrose (UK).<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 36


ELECTRONIC DRILLING SYSTEM (EDS) MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All individuals responsible for the operation and maintenance of the EDS Drilling Controls<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Understand operational principles of the EDS<br />

Locate and identify the major components<br />

Describe each component within the integrated system<br />

Provide maintenance of the EDS through general inspection and routine maintenance checks<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course covers EDS safety and theory of operation. Students will have a complete understanding of alarm<br />

recognition, identification, and service. System troubleshooting and maintenance are stressed throughout the course.<br />

A detailed discussion of EDS operations will cover mode screens, setup, system monitoring, help, cut and slip, weight<br />

indicator and trending graph. The parameter adjustments Tripping and Drilling modes are explained. These<br />

parameters include but are not limited to ROP, WOB, Torque and Delta P. Several basic scenarios concerning EDS<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

April 15 - April 19 ................................... Montrose, UK<br />

August 26 - August 28 ........................... Montrose, UK<br />

This course is available upon request in Houston, Montrose (UK), the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s<br />

facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 37


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

HPU MECHANICAL AND MAINTENANCE COURSE – MODELS HPA32, HP37, HP45, AND HP49<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

This course is designed for rig personnel responsible for the operation, maintenance, and mechanical troubleshooting<br />

of the HPUs<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

1 day - $750<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Obtain general knowledge about the HPU’s purpose, construction, and manner of operation<br />

Understand how to ensure safe and efficient operations of the equipment<br />

Perform inspections, troubleshooting, maintenance and repairs<br />

Obtain a general understanding of HPU fluid power systems and troubleshooting<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

The HPU Mechanical and Maintenance <strong>Course</strong> is designed to give participants an overview of the mechanics,<br />

maintenance and hydraulics of HPA32, HP37, HP45, and HP49.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Equipment Data and Technical Description<br />

Maintenance and Troubleshooting<br />

Fluid Power<br />

Hydraulics<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 38


HYDRALIFT BRIDGERACKER MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All individuals responsible for the maintenance and inspection of the Hydralift BridgeRacker<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

3 Days - $2,500<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Obtain general knowledge about the equipment’s purpose, construction and manner of operation.<br />

Recall how to ensure safe and efficient operations of the equipment.<br />

Interpret how to perform inspections, troubleshooting, maintenance and repairs as described in the service<br />

manual.<br />

Obtain a general understanding of equipment fluid power systems and troubleshooting.<br />

Obtain and understanding of the equipment electrical systems<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to train personnel in the operations, maintenance, and mechanical troubleshooting of the<br />

Bridge Racker. The students will receive an overview of the hydraulic and electrical systems, a review of hydraulic<br />

and electrical symbols and an understanding of schematics. The students will also learn how to troubleshoot the<br />

equipment and the lubrication schedule.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Introduction<br />

Equipment Data and Technical Description<br />

Equipment Operations<br />

Equipment Maintenance and Troubleshooting<br />

Fluid Power – Hydraulic Information<br />

Electrical Systems Basics<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Houston and Singapore.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 39


HYDRALIFT HYDRATONG MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All individuals responsible for the maintenance and inspection of the Hydralift HydraTong<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

3 Days - $2,500<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Explain the purpose and specifications of the HydraTong and identify the different models<br />

Explain the function, purpose and interaction of the major components of the HydraTong<br />

Explain the purpose and basic operational functionality of the HydraTong<br />

Describe normal operations, local operating procedures and pre-start preparations for the HydraTong<br />

Describe required procedures to repair, maintain and lubricate the HydraTong<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to train personnel in the operations, maintenance, and mechanical troubleshooting of the<br />

NOV Hydralift HydraTong. This course is primarily a lecture course with no hands-on work covering the different<br />

models and tool setup for different applications. The students will receive an overview of the hydraulic systems using<br />

schematics. The course will cover components, the functions of the mechanical and control systems, and<br />

maintenance and lubrication schedules.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

<strong>Course</strong> Introduction<br />

Specifications and Models<br />

Components and Functions<br />

Small Components and Optional Equipment<br />

Operation<br />

Maintenance<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 8 - January 10 ................... Houston<br />

February 25 - February 27 .............. Brazil<br />

March 12 - March 14 ....................... Houston<br />

May 20 - May 22 ............................. Brazil<br />

June 11 - June 13 ........................... Houston<br />

July 22 - July 24 .............................. Brazil<br />

October 21 - October 23 ................. Brazil<br />

This course is available upon request in Singapore.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 40


HYDRALIFT MOTION COMPENSATION MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All individuals responsible for the maintenance and inspection of the Hydralift Motion Compensation Systems<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

3 Days - $2,500<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Explain the purpose and specifications of these motion compensation systems:<br />

Wireline Riser Tension System (WRTS)<br />

N-Line Riser Tension System (NRTS)<br />

Crown Mounted Compensator (CMC)<br />

Active Heave Compensator (AHC)<br />

Explain the function, purpose and interaction of the major components of each compensation system<br />

Explain the purpose and basic operational functionality of these support systems:<br />

Standby Air Pressure Vessels (APVs)<br />

Compressor System<br />

Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU)<br />

Tensioner Fluid HPU<br />

Describe normal operations, local operating procedures and pre-start preparations for the motion compensation<br />

systems<br />

Describe requirement procedures to repair, maintain and lubricate the systems<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to train personnel in the operations, maintenance, and mechanical troubleshooting of the<br />

NOV Hydralift Motion Compensation Equipment. This course is primarily a lecture course with no hands-on work<br />

covering Wireline Riser Tensioner System (WRTS), N-Line Riser Tensioner System (NRTS), Crown Mounted<br />

Compensators (CMC), NOV Compressor Package, and Active Heave Compensators (AHC). The course will cover<br />

startup preparations and normal and local operating procedures, functions of the mechanical systems, and<br />

maintenance and lubrication schedules. Also included are troubleshooting procedures and an overview of system<br />

hydraulic schematics.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

<strong>Course</strong> Introduction<br />

General Information<br />

Compressor Package<br />

Wireline Riser Tension System (WRTS)<br />

N-Line Riser Tension System (NRTS)<br />

Crown Mounted Compensator (CMC)<br />

Active Heave Compensator (AHC)<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 15 - January 17.............................. Houston<br />

February 25 – February 27..........................Brazil<br />

March 25 – March 27................................... Houston<br />

April 16 – April 18........................................ Houston<br />

June 4 – June 6........................................... Houston<br />

July 16 – July 18................................. ......... Houston<br />

August 13 - August 15................................. Houston<br />

October 8 - October 10................................ Houston<br />

December 10 - December 12...................... Houston<br />

This course is available upon request in the mobile classroom (USA), Singapore or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 41


HYDRARACKER IV MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All individuals responsible for the maintenance and inspection of the Hydralift HydraRacker<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

3 Days - $2,500<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify and explain purpose of the major parts of the HR IV<br />

Describe minor parts and accessories<br />

Describe various ways to control the HR IV<br />

Explain emergency procedures or responses to failure<br />

Describe maintenance timeframes and requirements<br />

Use hydraulic and electrical drawings to troubleshoot common faults<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to train personnel in the operations, maintenance, and mechanical troubleshooting of the<br />

HydraRacker IV. This course is primarily a lecture course with no hands-on work. The students will receive an<br />

overview of the hydraulic and electrical symbols, drawings, schematics and systems. The students will also learn how<br />

to troubleshoot the equipment and its systems. The course will cover components, the functions of the mechanical<br />

and electrical systems and the lubrication schedule.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Overview of Equipment<br />

Parts familiarization<br />

Parts usage<br />

Equipment Operation<br />

Manual<br />

Cyberbase<br />

Emergency<br />

Maintenance and Troubleshooting<br />

Maintenance routines<br />

Timed checks<br />

Troubleshooting methods<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

February 19 - February 21 .................... Houston<br />

March 4 - March 6 ................................. Brazil<br />

May 27 - May 29 ................................... Brazil<br />

May 28 - May 30 ................................... Houston<br />

July 29 - July 31 .................................... Brazil<br />

September 3 - September 5 .................. Houston<br />

October 28 - October 30 ....................... Brazil<br />

November 25 - November 27 ................ Houston<br />

December 9 - December 11 .................. Brazil<br />

December 16 - December 18 ................ Brazil<br />

This course is available upon request in Houston and Singapore.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 42


HYDRAULICS COURSE, BASIC<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All individuals required to learn basic hydraulics.<br />

DURATION/COST<br />

2 days/$2,000<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Understand and describe basic hydraulics theory with emphasis on component and circuit functions.<br />

Demonstrate circuit analysis skills in reading schematics and diagrams, using symbol recognition and in tracing<br />

circuit paths.<br />

Perform circuit parameter measurements for many different circuit configurations.<br />

Perform related conversions between Metric and Imperial Measurement Systems.<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to give the student a working understanding of hydraulic fundamentals. It will include the<br />

following topics: Pascal’s law and the units of pressure, force and flow rates. The student will develop an<br />

understanding of simple hydraulic circuits. The course includes familiarization with the fluid power symbols of most<br />

major fluid power components. Students will develop an understanding of basic hydraulic processes.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Safety<br />

Pressure, force, volume and flow rate relationships<br />

Measurement techniques for circuit components<br />

Simple circuit operational analysis<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

Written and spoken English.<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

March 4 - March 5 .................................. Montrose, UK<br />

July 6 - July 7 ......................................... Montrose, UK<br />

November 11 - November 12 ................. Montrose, UK<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 43


HYDRAULIC FUNDAMENTALS<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

This course is designed for all individuals required to learn basic hydraulics.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Understand and describe basic hydraulics theory with emphasis on component and circuit functions and the related<br />

measurement instrumentation.<br />

Interpret and explain the information contained in the schematics and drawings in relation to the physical equipment.<br />

Demonstrate circuit parameter measurements for different types of circuits.<br />

Perform related conversions between Metric and Imperial Measurement Systems.<br />

Utilize fundamental hydraulic concepts to determine troubleshooting procedures.<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to provide students an understanding of hydraulic fundamentals. It will include the following topics: Pascal’s<br />

law and the units of pressure, force, flow rate and differential pressure measurement. The student will develop an understanding of<br />

simple and moderately complex hydraulic circuits. The course includes familiarization with the fluid power symbols of most major fluid<br />

power components. The training sessions are designed to include a discussion of hydraulic fundamentals followed by a practical lab<br />

session to reinforce the student’s skill and knowledge. Students will build circuits and use lab procedures in order to develop an<br />

understanding of basic hydraulic processes.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Hydraulics Trainer Familiarization<br />

Hydraulic Power<br />

Pressure Limits<br />

Pressure and Force<br />

Flow Rate and Velocity<br />

Work and Power<br />

Cylinder Control<br />

Cylinders in Series<br />

Cylinders in Parallel<br />

Regenerative Circuits<br />

Accumulators<br />

Motor Circuits<br />

Pressure Reducing Valves<br />

Remotely Controlled PRVS<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None - ATTENDING THE PNEUMATICS FUNDAMENTALS WITH TROUBLESHOOTING IS RECOMMENDED<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 7 - January 11 ......................... Brazil June 10 - June 14 .......................... Houston<br />

January 7 - January 11 ......................... Houston June 17 - June 21 .......................... Brazil<br />

January 14 - January 18 ....................... Brazil July 1 - July 5 ................................. Brazil<br />

February 4 - February 8 ........................ Houston July 8 - July 12 ............................... Brazil<br />

February 18 - February 22 .................... Brazil July 8 - July 12 ............................... Houston<br />

March 4 - March 8 ................................. Brazil August 5 - August 9 ....................... Houston<br />

March 4 - March 8 ................................. Houston September 2 - September 6 .......... Brazil<br />

March 11 - March 15 ............................. Brazil September 9 - September 13 ........ Brazil<br />

April 8 - April 12 ..................................... Brazil September 16 - September 20 ...... Houston<br />

April 8 - April 12 ..................................... Houston October 7 - October 11 .................. Houston<br />

April 15 - April 19 ................................... Brazil November 4 - November 8 ............ Houston<br />

April 22 - April 26 ................................... Brazil December 2 - December 6 ............ Brazil<br />

May 6-May 10 ....................................... Houston December 2 - December 6 ............ Houston<br />

June 10 - June 14 ................................. Brazil December 9 - December 13 .......... Brazil<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 44


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

This course is available upon request in the mobile classroom (USA), Brazil or at a customer’s facility.<br />

HYDRAULICS WITH TROUBLESHOOTING<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All personnel required to learn hydraulics and basic troubleshooting skills.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Understand, describe and apply basic hydraulics theory with emphasis on components and the circuit functions<br />

and related measurement instrumentation that can and will be used to identify component/circuit operations and<br />

malfunctions<br />

Demonstrate circuit analysis skills in reading schematics and diagrams using symbol recognition and in tracing<br />

circuit paths<br />

Perform repetitive circuit parameter measurements and analyze performance trends for proper operation and<br />

fault finding<br />

Demonstrate use of various troubleshooting and process measurement techniques<br />

Relate the schematic drawings to where physical measurements are taken to identify/diagnose fault conditions<br />

Perform related conversions between Metric and Imperial measurement systems and work in both systems<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to enhance the student’s understanding of hydraulics including identifying circuit malfunctions.<br />

Students will build circuits and use test equipment to troubleshoot problems in order to gain the practical experience<br />

required to locate and solve hydraulic problems similar to those found on modern drilling equipment. The training<br />

sessions are each designed to include a discussion of hydraulic fundamentals followed by practical lab sessions<br />

designed to reinforce the student’s skills and troubleshooting capabilities.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Safety, Applying pressure, force, volume, flow rate and differential pressure relationships for troubleshooting<br />

purposes<br />

Using a digital tachometer to monitor motor rotational speeds and to evaluate motor performance.<br />

Use measurement techniques for evaluating circuit component performance<br />

Hands-on circuit construction from schematics including troubleshooting component and connection faults<br />

Circuit fault analysis for one or possibly multiple circuit malfunctions<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

Hydraulic Fundamentals <strong>Course</strong><br />

The Pneumatics Fundamentals with Troubleshooting course is recommended<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 21 - January 25 ................. Brazil<br />

January 21 - January 25 ................. Houston<br />

January 28 - February 1 .................. Brazil<br />

February 25 - March 1 ..................... Brazil<br />

February 25 - March 1 ..................... Houston<br />

March 18 - March 22 ....................... Brazil<br />

March 18 - March 22 ....................... Houston<br />

April 15 - April 19 ............................. Houston<br />

May 13 - May 17 ............................. Houston<br />

June 17 - June 21 ........................... Houston<br />

June 24 - June 28 ........................... Brazil<br />

July 15 - July 19 .............................. Brazil<br />

July 22 - July 26 .............................. Brazil<br />

July 22 - July 26 .............................. Houston<br />

August 12 - August 16 ..................... Houston<br />

September 16 - September 20 ........ Brazil<br />

September 30 - October 4 ............... Houston<br />

October 14 - October 18 ................. Houston<br />

November 11 - November 15 .......... Houston<br />

December 9 - December 13 ............ Houston<br />

December 16 - December 20 .......... Brazil<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 45


This course is available upon request in Brazil.<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 46


INDUSTRIAL PRACTICES<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

This course is designed for anyone that works with industrial equipment.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Demonstrate a comprehensive knowledge of hand tools<br />

Identify common industrial hardware<br />

Comprehend mechanical measuring devices<br />

Understand electrical fundamentals<br />

Examine engineering documentation<br />

Discuss theoretical troubleshooting of industrial equipment<br />

Discuss oil field equipment, operations, and occupations<br />

Perform course lab exercises of mechanical and electrical devices<br />

Demonstrate safe working habits and wear the proper Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

In this course the student will learn the fundamentals of hand tools and how to use them, identify common industrial<br />

hardware, comprehend mechanical measuring devices and how to use them, understand electrical fundamentals,<br />

examine engineering documentation, discuss theoretical troubleshooting using block diagrams, and apply that<br />

knowledge through practical applications on our trainers using basic hand tools. The student will discuss the purpose<br />

of oil field operations, equipment, and occupations that includes an off campus tour of an NOV facility. Safety is<br />

NOV’s number one concern and will be at the forefront of the students’ knowledge based upon successful completion<br />

of the course.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Hand Tools<br />

Common Industrial Hardware<br />

Mechanical Measuring Devices<br />

Electrical Measuring Devices<br />

Engineering Schematics<br />

NOV Facility<br />

Personal Protective Equipment<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Houston, Brazil, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 47


IRON ROUGHNECK - AR - 3200 MECHANICAL COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All drilling personnel required to maintain, troubleshoot, and repair automated Iron Roughneck systems<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

2 Days - $2,000<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify, compare, and contrast different parts<br />

Perform an inspection, lubrication and adjustment<br />

Identify most common hydraulic symbols and state the flow path of hydraulic fluid in a given system<br />

Troubleshoot using hydraulic schematics<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

In this course, students will receive an overview of the hydraulic and mechanical ISO systems and symbols, including<br />

understanding hydraulic schematics. The students will also learn the functions of the mechanical systems and the<br />

correct lubrication schedule required to keep the equipment working properly. Mechanical troubleshooting and an<br />

overview of the electrical systems, sensors, and control functions will be included in this course.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Equipment overview<br />

Manual and automatic control station<br />

Sequenced operation<br />

Routine maintenance<br />

Operating mode problems<br />

Hydraulic symbols and schematics<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

February 7 - February 8 ....................... Aberdeen, UK<br />

March 14 - March 15 ............................. Aberdeen, UK<br />

May 16 - May 17 ................................... Aberdeen, UK<br />

July 18 - July 19 .................................... Aberdeen, UK<br />

October 9 - October 10 ......................... Aberdeen, UK<br />

December 5 - December 6 .................... Aberdeen, UK<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 48


IRON ROUGHNECK - AR - 3200, 4500, AND 5000 MODELS<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All drilling personnel required to maintain, troubleshoot, and repair automated Iron Roughneck systems<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify, compare, and contrast different parts<br />

Perform an inspection, lubrication and adjustment<br />

Identify most common hydraulic symbols and state the flow path of hydraulic fluid in a given system<br />

Troubleshoot using hydraulic schematics<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

In this course, students will receive an overview of the hydraulic and mechanical ISO systems and symbols, including<br />

understanding hydraulic schematics. The students will also learn the functions of the mechanical systems and the<br />

correct lubrication schedule required to keep the equipment working properly. Mechanical troubleshooting and an<br />

overview of the electrical systems, sensors, and control functions will be included in this course.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Equipment overview<br />

Manual and automatic control station<br />

Sequenced operation<br />

Routine maintenance<br />

Operating mode problems<br />

Hydraulic symbols and schematics<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 28 - February 1 .................. Brazil<br />

February 4 - February 8 .................. Houston<br />

April 15 - April 19 ............................. Brazil<br />

May 6 - May 10 ............................... Houston<br />

May 20 - May 24 ............................. Brazil<br />

July 8 - July 12 ................................ Brazil<br />

July 29 - August 2 ........................... Houston<br />

August 19 - August 23 ..................... Brazil<br />

September 9 - September 13 .......... Brazil<br />

October 7 - October 11 ................... Brazil<br />

October 28 - November 1 ................ Houston<br />

This course is available upon request in Brazil, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 49


IRON ROUGHNECK - AR SERIES MAINTENANCE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All drilling personnel required to maintain, troubleshoot, and repair automated Iron Roughneck systems<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify, compare, and contrast different parts<br />

Perform an inspection, lubrication and adjustment<br />

Identify most common hydraulic symbols and state the flow path of hydraulic fluid in a given system<br />

Troubleshoot using hydraulic & electrical schematics<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

In this course, students will receive an overview of the hydraulic and mechanical ISO systems and symbols, including<br />

understanding hydraulic schematics. The students will also learn the functions of the mechanical systems and the<br />

correct lubrication schedule required to keep the equipment working properly. Mechanical troubleshooting and an<br />

overview of the electrical systems, sensors, and control functions will be included in this course.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Equipment overview<br />

Manual and automatic control station<br />

Sequenced operation<br />

Routine maintenance<br />

Operating mode problems<br />

Hydraulic symbols and schematics<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Singapore.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 50


IRON ROUGHNECK - IR 3080 MECHANICAL COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All rig personnel responsible for the maintenance and mechanical troubleshooting of the IR 3080<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

1 Day - $750<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify course requirements for classroom participation, safety precautions and evacuation procedures<br />

Identify/compare and contrast the many parts of the IR 3080 and explain their various functions and uses<br />

Explain the operational characteristics of the IR 3080<br />

Explain the procedures for properly maintaining the IR 3080<br />

State the flow path of hydraulic fluid in a given system using a schematic for the IR 3080<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to teach personnel maintenance, troubleshooting and repair of IR 3080 style Iron<br />

Roughneck. In this course the student will receive an in-depth overview of the proper operating procedures. The<br />

student will also learn the functions of the mechanical systems and the correct lubrication schedule required to keep<br />

the equipment working properly. Mechanical troubleshooting will be included in this course.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Introduction<br />

Overview of equipment<br />

Equipment operation<br />

Routine maintenance<br />

Hydraulics<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Houston, Brazil, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 51


IRON ROUGHNECK - ST 80 MECHANICAL COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All rig personnel responsible for the maintenance and mechanical troubleshooting of the ST-80 Iron Roughneck<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

1 Day - $750<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify course requirements for classroom participation, safety precautions and evacuation procedures<br />

Identify/compare and contrast the many parts of the ST80 and explain their various functions and uses<br />

Explain the operational characteristics of the ST80<br />

Explain the procedures for properly maintaining the ST80<br />

State the flow path of hydraulic fluid in a given system using a schematic for the ST80<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to teach personnel maintenance, troubleshooting and repair of ST80 style Iron Roughneck.<br />

In this course the student will receive an in-depth overview of the proper operating procedures. The student will also<br />

learn the functions of the mechanical systems and the correct lubrication schedule required to keep the equipment<br />

working properly. Mechanical troubleshooting will be included in this course.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Introduction<br />

Overview of equipment<br />

Equipment operation<br />

Routine maintenance<br />

Hydraulics<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Houston, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 52


IRON ROUGHNECK - ST 80-C MECHANICAL COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All rig personnel responsible for the maintenance and mechanical troubleshooting of the ST80-C Iron Roughneck<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

1 Day - $750<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify course requirements for classroom participation, safety precautions and evacuation procedures<br />

Identify/compare and contrast the many parts of the ST80-C and explain their various functions and uses<br />

Explain the operational characteristics of the ST80-C<br />

Explain the procedures for properly maintaining the ST80-C<br />

State the flow path of hydraulic fluid in a given system using a schematic for the ST80-C<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to teach personnel maintenance, troubleshooting and repair of ST80-C style Iron Roughneck.<br />

In this course the student will receive an in-depth overview of the proper operating procedures. The student will also<br />

learn the functions of the mechanical systems and the correct lubrication schedule required to keep the equipment<br />

working properly. Mechanical troubleshooting will be included in this course.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Introduction<br />

Overview of equipment<br />

Equipment operation<br />

Routine maintenance<br />

Hydraulics<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Houston, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 53


IRON ROUGHNECK - ST 100 MECHANICAL COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All rig personnel responsible for the operation and maintenance of the ST100 Iron Roughneck<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

2.5 Days - $2,500<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Obtain general knowledge about the equipment’s purpose, construction and manner of operation.<br />

Understand how to ensure safe and efficient operations of the equipment.<br />

Perform inspections, troubleshooting, maintenance and repairs as described in the user’s manual.<br />

Obtain a general understanding of the equipment fluid power systems and troubleshooting.<br />

Obtain an understanding of the equipment electrical systems.<br />

Perform practical activities to reinforce their theoretical knowledge<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to teach personnel operation, maintenance, troubleshooting and repair of the ST-100 Iron<br />

Roughneck. In this course the student will receive an overview of the proper operating procedures for maintenance<br />

and troubleshooting purposes, function of the mechanical systems and the correct lubrication schedule required to<br />

keep the ST-100 working properly. Mechanical and hydraulic troubleshooting will also be included in this course.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Introduction<br />

Overview of equipment<br />

Equipment operation<br />

Routine maintenance<br />

Hydraulics<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 54


IRON ROUGHNECK - ST 120 MECHANICAL COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All rig personnel responsible for the maintenance and mechanical troubleshooting of the ST120 Iron Roughneck<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

3 Days - $2,500<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Explain the function, purpose and interaction of the major components of the ST120<br />

Explain the purpose and basic operational functionality of the ST120<br />

Describe normal operations, local operating procedures and pre-start preparations for the ST120<br />

Describe required procedures to repair, maintain and lubricate the ST120<br />

State the flow path of hydraulic fluid in a given system using a schematic for the ST120<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to teach personnel operation, maintenance, troubleshooting and repair of ST120 Iron<br />

Roughneck. In this course the student will receive an in-depth overview of the proper operating procedures, functions<br />

of the mechanical systems and the correct lubrication schedule required to keep the equipment working properly.<br />

Mechanical and hydraulic troubleshooting will be included in this course.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Introduction<br />

Overview of equipment<br />

Equipment operation<br />

Routine maintenance<br />

Hydraulics<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 55


IRON ROUGHNECK - ST 160 MECHANICAL COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All rig personnel responsible for the maintenance and mechanical troubleshooting of the ST120 Iron Roughneck<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

3 Days - $2,500<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Obtain general knowledge about the equipment’s purpose, construction and manner of operation.<br />

Understand how to ensure safe and efficient operations of the equipment.<br />

Perform inspections, troubleshooting, maintenance and repairs as described in the user’s manual.<br />

Obtain a general understanding of equipment fluid power systems and troubleshooting.<br />

Perform practical activities to reinforce their theoretical knowledge<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to teach personnel basic operation, maintenance, troubleshooting and repair of the ST-160<br />

Iron Roughneck. In this course the student will receive an overview of the operating procedures for maintenance and<br />

troubleshooting purposes, function of the mechanical systems and the correct lubrication schedule required to keep<br />

the ST-160 working properly. Mechanical and hydraulic troubleshooting will also be included in this course.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Introduction<br />

Overview of equipment<br />

Equipment operation<br />

Routine maintenance<br />

Hydraulics<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 56


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

KEMS - IDEAL AUTODRILLER AND BRAKE CONTROL SAFETY SYSTEM COURSE<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All rig personnel responsible for the KEMS/ Ideal Autodriller and brake control safety systems<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

3 Days - $2,500<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify, label, and describe major components of KEMS and EDS<br />

List the procedures needed, the systems involved, and explain the proper use for KEMS and EADS<br />

Recognize a problem and explain the proper steps to rectify the situation<br />

Evaluate and update existing maintenance schedules to fit the specified maintenance requirements<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course will cover component identification for the ideal brake controller system. Students will also learn operator<br />

set-up, troubleshooting, commissioning, electronic calibration, and enhanced autodriller interface.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

KEMS history and today’s unit<br />

Rig Safety<br />

Components and operations<br />

Commissioning<br />

Maintenance and troubleshooting<br />

Enhanced autodriller<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Houston, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 57


THE LAND AND OFFSHORE DRILLING INTRODUCTION COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

This course is designed for individuals who have limited or no knowledge of land drilling and offshore drilling<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

1 Days - $750<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify the types of offshore and onshore rigs.<br />

Identify the drilling systems (circulating, rotating, power, hoisting, blowout prevention).<br />

Name and describe the function of main equipment and technologies used for drilling (surface).<br />

Describe the function of main equipment and technologies used for drilling (down hole).<br />

Recall the name and function of drilling personnel.<br />

Identify control systems used on drilling rigs<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course was created to give participants a generalized overview of Offshore and Onshore Drilling and drilling<br />

equipment. It was designed to give the participant a basic understanding of methods and type of equipment to drill an<br />

oil or gas well. It is slightly technical in nature, however, easily understood by those with a basic knowledge of the<br />

drilling industry.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

<strong>Course</strong> Introduction<br />

Where is Oil From?<br />

People and Companies<br />

Onshore Drilling Equipment<br />

Offshore Drilling Equipment<br />

Control Systems<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

February 28 ....................................................Brazil<br />

March 1 ..........................................................Brazil<br />

This course is also available upon request in Houston, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 58


KINGPOST CRANE<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All rig personnel responsible for crane operations and maintenance<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Understand and describe basic Kingpost Crane operations, with emphasis on component operations and fluid<br />

power circuit functions and related measurement and control instrumentation.<br />

Develop understanding of crane fluid power circuits through analysis of schematics and diagrams using symbol<br />

recognition and the tracing of circuit flow paths.<br />

Perform wear tests and measurements on several critical crane parts.<br />

Demonstrate use of various troubleshooting and process measurement techniques using schematic drawings<br />

describe where pressure, flow or voltage measurements are taken.<br />

Review current API standards related to King Post Crane functions and operations<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to give the student a working overview of the typical Kingpost Crane construction and<br />

operation. This generic course acquaints the students with the various parts of the crane and their physical locations.<br />

Students will attend lectures that cover the equipment manuals, prints and schematics as used on Kingpost Cranes.<br />

Students will operate a Kingpost Crane simulator and perform lab exercises involving load lifting and troubleshooting<br />

various system faults.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Safety and Job Hazard Analysis in the fluid power lab<br />

Scheduled maintenance demos, discussions and hands-on activities<br />

Lectures on the crane maintenance manual, electrical and mechanical prints<br />

Fluid Power, hydraulic and pneumatic circuit and systems analysis<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

The Pneumatics Fundamentals with Troubleshooting <strong>Course</strong> is recommended<br />

The Hydraulics Fundamentals <strong>Course</strong> and the Hydraulics with Troubleshooting <strong>Course</strong> is recommended<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 14 – January 18 ....................... Houston<br />

April 29 - May 3 ..................................... Houston<br />

July 29 – August 2 ................................. Houston<br />

October 21 - October 25 ....................... Houston<br />

November 18 - November 22 .........................Houston<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 59


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

MODULE ONE – RIG SITE MAGNETIC PARTICLE INSPECTION OF VARCO BJ PRODUCTS<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

The course is open to Inspectors qualified to ASNT Level II or equivalent and a certificate will be issued to every<br />

Inspector successfully completing the course.<br />

Customer representatives not qualified to ASNT Level II but wishing to become more knowledgeable on MPI of <strong>Varco</strong><br />

BJ equipment may also attend the course but will not be issued a certificate.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

2 Days - $2,000<br />

1 day re-cert option $1,000 – taken on the 2nd day of course<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to ensure that suitably qualified and experienced delegates receive concentrated training in<br />

the Magnetic Particle Inspection of <strong>Varco</strong> BJ Products. Note – Dimensional checking is not included.<br />

The course will be of two days duration and consist of classroom and practical, workshop instruction on the Magnetic<br />

Particle Inspection of <strong>Varco</strong> BJ Oil Tools (e.g. Hoisting equipment, Non Hoisting (Rotary)equipment and associated<br />

equipment).<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

<strong>Varco</strong> BJ acceptance criteria<br />

<strong>Varco</strong> critical area drawings<br />

<strong>Varco</strong> BJ inspection procedures<br />

Preparing inspection reports and MPI maps<br />

Equipment areas defined as exposed critical areas<br />

Proper surface preparation<br />

Limited disassembly of certain <strong>Varco</strong> BJ equipment<br />

Major and Minor defects<br />

Hands-on practical training in surface inspection of <strong>Varco</strong> BJ equipment<br />

Review of defects<br />

<strong>Course</strong> Test<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

June 18 - June 20…………………....Montrose, UK<br />

October 28 - October 30…………….Montrose, UK<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 60


MUD PUMPS - 14-P-220 MECHANICAL AND MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All rig personnel that are operating and/or maintaining the 14-P-220 Mud Pump<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

1 Day - $750<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Obtain general knowledge about the equipment’s purpose, construction and manner of operation.<br />

Understand how to ensure safe and efficient operations of the equipment.<br />

Perform inspections, troubleshooting, maintenance and repairs as described in the user’s manual.<br />

Obtain a general understanding of the equipment’s fluid power systems and troubleshooting.<br />

Perform practical activities to reinforce their theoretical knowledge<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to teach personnel operation, maintenance, troubleshooting and repair of the 14-P-220 Mud<br />

Pump. In this course the student will receive an overview of the operating procedures for maintenance and<br />

troubleshooting purposes, function of the mechanical systems and the correct lubrication schedule required to keep<br />

the 14-P-220 Mud Pump working properly. Mechanical and hydraulic troubleshooting will also be included in this<br />

course.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Equipment Data and Technical Description<br />

Equipment Operations<br />

Maintenance<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

Fluid Power<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Houston, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 61


MUD PUMPS - HEX 240 MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All rig personnel responsible for the operation and maintenance of the HEX 240 mud pumps<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

3 Days - $2,500<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify facts concerning the basic design, specifications, performance and capacities of the HEX 240 pumping<br />

system<br />

Identify facts concerning major component design, installation and use for the HEX 240 pump housing, suction<br />

and discharge systems, fluid end expendables, and auxiliary systems<br />

Describe normal and emergency operation of the Hex pump and all auxiliaries using screens from Cyberbase,<br />

Siemens Touch Screen, and Amphion control systems<br />

Explain maintenance and lubrication schedules, use of specialized tools during maintenance operations, storage<br />

procedures, and fluid end torque sequence for the HEX 240 pump<br />

Identify facts concerning the change out procedures for the fluid end expendables on the HEX 240 pump<br />

As a team member demonstrate change out procedures for piston, liner, and fluid end module jewelry with<br />

minimal instructor assistance<br />

Identify troubleshooting procedures and techniques for main pump and all auxiliaries on the HEX 240 pumping<br />

system<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

In this course, the students will learn parts identification, pump specifications, operational limitations, installation, operation, periodic<br />

maintenance and inspection, troubleshooting of fluid and power end and replacement of fluid end expendables.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Introduction<br />

System overview<br />

Component overview<br />

Operation<br />

Maintenance<br />

Change out procedures<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 29 - January 31 ................. Houston<br />

March 25 - March 27 ....................... Houston<br />

May 28 - May 30 ............................. Houston<br />

June 3 - June 5 ............................... Brazil<br />

July 16 - July 18 .............................. Houston<br />

September 17 - September 19 ........ Houston<br />

September 23 - September 25 ........ Brazil<br />

November 12 - November 14 .......... Houston<br />

This course is available upon request in Singapore.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 62


MUD PUMPS - P-SERIES MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All rig personnel responsible for the maintenance of the NOV 8 -P -80, 9 -P -100, 10 -P -130, 12 -P -220 and 14 -P -<br />

220 series mud pumps<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

1 Day - $750<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify major components and sub-systems<br />

Describe pre-start up operations and normal operations<br />

Identify specific scheduled maintenance actions and troubleshooting procedures<br />

Explain change out procedures of pistons, liners, and valves<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

In this course, the students will learn parts identification, pump specifications, operational limitations, installation,<br />

operation, periodic maintenance and inspection, troubleshooting of fluid and power end and replacement of fluid end<br />

expendables.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Introduction and parts identification<br />

Pump specifications<br />

Operational limitations<br />

Installation<br />

Operation before start up<br />

Operation<br />

Care of equipment<br />

Periodic maintenance and inspection<br />

Repairs and replacement of parts<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Brazil, Houston, Singapore, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s<br />

facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 63


MUD PUMPS - TRIPLEX - POWER END<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

his course is designed for all personnel that maintain the Mud Pump Triplex<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

2 Days - $2,000<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Obtain general knowledge about the Mud Pump Triplex purpose, construction and basics of operation.<br />

Recall how to ensure safe and efficient operations of the equipment.<br />

Perform inspections, troubleshooting, maintenance and repairs as described in the service manual<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

The purpose of this course is to give the participants and overview of the components of the Mud Pump Triplex<br />

including the Power End.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Introduction and parts identification<br />

Equipment Data and Technical Description<br />

Equipment Operations<br />

Equipment Maintenance and Troubleshooting<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Brazil.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 64


PIPE RACKING SYSTEM (PRS) MAINTENANCE COURSE (4I AND 8I MODELS)<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All rig personnel responsible for the operation and maintenance of the pipe racking systems<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify common components and explain their various functions pertaining to the 4I and 8I PRS<br />

Explain the use of accessory tools for the 4I and 8I models<br />

Identify operation, maintenance and troubleshooting using hydraulic schematics for the 4I and 8I PRS<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course will cover a functional description, tool limitation, operational sequences, and tool setup. An overview of<br />

the hydraulic system is provided plus a detailed discussion of specific ISO hydraulic symbols utilized by NOV. The<br />

system schematics interconnect diagrams, and troubleshooting electronic systems will also be covered.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Equipment overview and operation (4I & 8I Models)<br />

Routine maintenance (4I & 8I Models)<br />

Hydraulics and troubleshooting (4I & 8I Models)<br />

Accessory tools (4I & 8I Models)<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 21 - January 25 ................. Brazil<br />

February 11 - February 15 .............. Houston<br />

March 11 - March 15 ....................... Brazil<br />

April 1 - April 5................................. Houston<br />

May 13 - May 17 ............................. Brazil<br />

May 13 - May 17 ............................. Houston<br />

May 20 - May 24 ............................. Brazil<br />

July 8 - July 12 ................................ Brazil<br />

July 22 - July 26 .............................. Brazil<br />

August 26 - August 30 ..................... Houston<br />

September 2 - September 6 ............ Brazil<br />

September 16 - September 20 ........ Houston<br />

October 21 - October 25 ................. Brazil<br />

November 4 - November 8 .............. Houston<br />

November 4 - November 8 .............. Brazil<br />

December 16 - December 20 .......... Houston<br />

This course is available upon request in Brazil and Singapore.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 65


PIPE RACKING SYSTEM (PRS) MAINTENANCE COURSE (4I MODEL)<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

This course is designed for all personnel responsible for the maintenance and inspection of the PRS-4i systemi.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

3 Days - $2,500<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Explain the equipment’s purpose and construction.<br />

Identify the major assemblies and sub-assemblies of the Pipe Racking System (PRS).<br />

List and describe the functions and operational procedures of the PRS.<br />

Describe general inspection and maintenance procedures for the PRS.<br />

Explain basic troubleshooting techniques for hydraulic circuits used in the PRS<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course covers operation, maintenance, and troubleshooting of the 4i Pipe Racking System (PRS). The course<br />

includes a description of PRS system functionality in addition to discussion of operational sequences, tool setup, and<br />

tool limitations. An overview of the hydraulic system is provided, including a detailed discussion of specific ISO<br />

hydraulic symbols utilized by <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong>. The system hydraulic schematics will be explored as well as<br />

hydraulic component and hydraulic system troubleshooting.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Introduction<br />

Hydraulics Overview<br />

Equipment Overview<br />

Vertical Columns<br />

Column Movement Systems<br />

Hoisting & Counterbalance Systems<br />

Upper Arm<br />

Lower Arm<br />

Fingerboard<br />

Equipment Operation<br />

Accessory Tools<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Houston, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 66


PIPE RACKING SYSTEM (PRS) MAINTENANCE COURSE (6I MODEL)<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All personnel that operate, maintain, or troubleshoot the PRS-6i.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

2 Days - $2,000<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Describe the PRS-6i in general terms (range of application and function)<br />

Describe the main components of the PRS-6i<br />

Outline the machine’s control system<br />

Explain the functionality of keypads used for operating the machine<br />

Explain the machine’s operation modes and sequences<br />

Explain the various safety aspects/precautions related to maintenance<br />

Explain the machine’s routine inspections<br />

Explain the use of the machine’s lubrication chart<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to teach maintenance, troubleshooting and repair of the PRS-6i. The course covers a<br />

functional description, tool limitation, operational sequences and tool setup. An overview of the hydraulic system is<br />

also provided.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Introduction<br />

Advantages of the PRS-6i<br />

Major Components of the PRS-6i<br />

Operations<br />

Maintenance<br />

Lubrication<br />

troubleshooting<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Houston, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 67


PIPE RACKING SYSTEM (PRS) MAINTENANCE COURSE (8I MODEL)<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

This course is designed for all personnel responsible for the maintenance and inspection of the PRS-8i system.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

3 Days - $2,500<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Explain the equipment’s purpose and construction.<br />

Identify the major assemblies and sub-assemblies of the Pipe Racking System (PRS).<br />

List and describe the functions and operational procedures of the PRS.<br />

Describe general inspection and maintenance procedures for the PRS.<br />

Explain basic troubleshooting techniques for hydraulic circuits used in the PRS<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course covers operation, maintenance, and troubleshooting of the 8i Pipe Racking System (PRS). The course<br />

includes a description of PRS system functionality in addition to discussion of operational sequences, tool setup, and<br />

tool limitations. An overview of the hydraulic system is provided, including a detailed discussion of specific ISO<br />

hydraulic symbols utilized by <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong>. The system hydraulic schematics will be explored as well as<br />

hydraulic component and hydraulic system troubleshooting.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Introduction<br />

Hydraulics Overview<br />

Equipment Overview<br />

Vertical Columns<br />

Horizontal Drive System<br />

Lower Drive<br />

Upper Drive<br />

Lower Arm<br />

Upper Arm<br />

Hoist Carriage<br />

Fingerboard<br />

Equipment Operation<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Houston, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 68


PIPECAT MACHINE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All rig personnel responsible for the operation, maintenance and mechanical troubleshooting of the PipeCAT Machine<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

2 Days - $2,000<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Explain the function, purpose and interaction of the major components of the PipeCAT Machine<br />

Identify normal operations, local operating and prestart preparations for the PipeCAT Machine<br />

Describe required procedures to repair, maintain and lubricate the PipeCAT Machine<br />

Identify operating and troubleshooting procedures using hydraulic and electrical schematics<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to teach personnel maintenance, troubleshooting and repair of PipeCAT Machine. In this<br />

course the student will receive an in-depth overview of the proper operating procedures. The student will also learn<br />

the functions of the mechanical, electrical and wireless systems and the correct lubrication schedule required to keep<br />

the equipment working properly. Troubleshooting of electrical, hydraulic, sensors, and control functions will be<br />

included in this course.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Introduction<br />

Overview of equipment<br />

Equipment operation<br />

Routine maintenance<br />

Hydraulics and electrical<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Houston, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 69


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

PC-7-47 PIPECAT LAYDOWN SYSTEM MECHAINICAL AND MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

This course is designed for personnel that maintain and troubleshoot the PC-7-47<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

2 Days - $2,000<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Obtain general knowledge about the equipment’s purpose, construction and manner of operation.<br />

Understand how to ensure safe and efficient operations of the equipment.<br />

Perform inspections, troubleshooting, maintenance and repairs as described in the user’s manual.<br />

Obtain a general understanding of equipment fluid power systems and troubleshooting.<br />

Perform practical activities to reinforce their theoretical knowledge<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to teach personnel operation, maintenance, troubleshooting and repair of the PC-7-47<br />

PipeCat Laydown System. In this course the student will receive an overview of the operating procedures for<br />

maintenance and troubleshooting purposes, function of the mechanical systems and the correct lubrication schedule<br />

required to keep the PC-7-47 working properly. Mechanical and hydraulic troubleshooting will also be included in this<br />

course.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Equipment Data and Technical Description<br />

Equipment Operations<br />

General Maintenance<br />

Fluid Power<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

Hands-On Training<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Houston, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 70


PLC COURSE FOR RIG SYSTEMS - APPLICATIONS OF ALLEN-BRADLEY<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Rig electricians working with Allen-Bradley PLC systems<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Define a PLC and its components<br />

Read and analyze ladder logic<br />

Determine and verify addressing<br />

Recognize internal or external faults<br />

Install and replace PLC components<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course will cover the hardware and the software of the Allen-Bradley PLC system including rack structure and<br />

components (local and remote), rig connections and troubleshooting of the PLC system, PLC internal faults and<br />

diagnostics, viewing and understanding the ladder logic program, the structure of the program and how Tech Power<br />

and IPS utilize it, as well as troubleshooting tools such as the Custom Data Monitors and Trending functions.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

PLC History<br />

RSLinx and RSLogix<br />

RSLogix programming<br />

Internal structure of the PLC<br />

Numbering systems<br />

Addressing<br />

Software structure<br />

PLC layout<br />

PLC’s in SCR control systems for TPC and IPS<br />

Block transfer<br />

Troubleshooting PLC and SCR system using RSLOGIX<br />

Maintaining PLC<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

February 11 - February 15 .............. Houston<br />

September 16 - September 20 ........ Houston<br />

November 4 - November 8 .............. Houston<br />

This course is available upon request in the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 71


PLC COURSE FOR RIG SYSTEMS - APPLICATIONS OF SIEMENS<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Rig electricians working with PLC systems<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

List the basic functions, structure, and components of a PLC system.<br />

List the field to PLC interfaces (discreet/analog).<br />

Perform a license authorization procedure.<br />

Perform start up and configuration screen to determine I/) addresses.<br />

Describe functions of program elements.<br />

Configure communication parameters.<br />

Perform online upload/download procedures.<br />

Troubleshoot non-PLC system problems using online functions of Compare, Variable Table (VAT), Cross-<br />

Reference, Rewire.<br />

Explain differences between decimal, binary and hexadecimal numbering systems.<br />

Explain the use, purpose, and function of binary and hexadecimal numbering systems in PLCs.<br />

Define basic digital terminology, and explain I/O point addressing<br />

Define memory addressing terminology.<br />

Explain PLC program structures with emphasis on execution sequence.<br />

Explain data block structure and locate data using addressing.<br />

Create programs using basic program elements (symbols).<br />

Describe operations of ladder logic instructions and correlate with statement list equivalents.<br />

Explain the interconnections between PLC system components (topology).<br />

Describe the components and interconnection of fiber optic networks.<br />

Describe how PLC systems interface with and control various components in NOV systems through use of<br />

reference material.<br />

Troubleshoot PLC systems using PLC general status and error indicators.<br />

Use software diagnostics to troubleshoot PLC problems as well as list preventative maintenance procedures.<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to familiarize new users with the Siemens S7 PLCs. Hardware components, programming<br />

concepts, and the basic programming languages are explained in order to teach methods of troubleshooting the PLC<br />

controlled systems. There are no prerequisites for this course.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

PLC history and components and PLC hardware<br />

Simatic manager, PLC and the program<br />

Numbering systems, Addressing<br />

Program elements, Program execution, Topology<br />

Networks, <strong>Varco</strong> systems, Maintenance<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 14 - January 18 .......................... Houston July 15 - July 19 ......................... Houston<br />

February 4 - February 8 ........................... Brazil August 26 - August 30 ................ Brazil<br />

February 25 – March 1 ............................. Houston August 28 - August 30 ................ Houston<br />

February 27 - March 2 .............................. Houston September 2 - September 6 ....... Brazil<br />

March 11 - March 15 ................................ Houston September 2 - September 6 ....... Brazil<br />

April 1 - April 5.......................................... Brazil September 23 - September 27 ... Houston<br />

April 15 - April 19 ...................................... Houston October 1 - October 5 ................ Montrose, UK<br />

May 6 - May 10 ........................................ Brazil October 7 - October 11 .............. Houston<br />

May 20 - May 24 ...................................... Houston November 11 - November 15 ..... Houston<br />

June 10 - June 14 .................................... Brazil December 2 - December 6 ......... Brazil<br />

June 24 - June 28 .................................... Houston December 9 - December 13 ....... Brazil<br />

July 1 - July 5 ........................................... Brazil December 16 - December 20 ..... Houston<br />

July 8 - July 12 ......................................... Brazil<br />

This course is available upon request in Brazil.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 72


PLC COURSE FOR RIG SYSTEMS - ADVANCED ALLEN-BRADLEY<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Rig Electricians working with PLC systems<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Learn to set up the hardware configuration for an Allen-Bradley SLC 500 PLC<br />

Hardware configuration<br />

Program elements and control<br />

Status elements<br />

Block transfer<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course will cover advanced troubleshooting and maintenance procedures for the Allen-Bradley PLC systems<br />

utilized in <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong> Rig Equipment. The student will develop an understanding of advanced functions<br />

used in the Allen-Bradley PLC Systems and the Rockwell Automation Software.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

RSLinx/RSlogics<br />

Editing programs- ladder and editing rungs<br />

Remote I/O<br />

Special application instructions<br />

PID control<br />

RSLOGIX 500 reference<br />

Instruction reference<br />

Troubleshooting tools<br />

Maintenance and setup<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

PLC <strong>Course</strong> for Rig Systems - Applications of Allen-Bradley<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Houston, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 73


PLC COURSE FOR RIG SYSTEMS - ADVANCED SIEMENS<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Rig electricians working with the Siemens S7 PLC<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Create a new program framework and load a finished program onto a Compact Flash card<br />

Identify the Statement List equivalents for common Ladder Diagram functions, and describe how Function Block<br />

Diagrams differ<br />

Use STL programming to create a flasher bit using two timers.<br />

Use STL programming to create logic using discrete input and outputs<br />

Use the troubleshooting tools provided with Simatic Manager to identify problems with rig systems<br />

Use STL programming for floating point math functions<br />

Use STL programming to create logic to read and manipulate analog inputs and analog outputs<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course will cover advanced troubleshooting and maintenance procedures for the Siemens PLC systems utilized<br />

in <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong> Rig Equipment. The student will develop an understanding of advanced functions used in<br />

the Siemens S7–300 and S7–400 PLC systems. Topics will include Analog Signal calibration, Programming<br />

Structure, Advanced Components Diagnostics, Reference Data, System Configuration, Touch Screen Data, and<br />

Statement List Program Instructions. The student will also learn how to read Statement List Code and the Diagnostics<br />

of Statement List Operations.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Configuration<br />

Programming- Statement List equivalents and programming languages<br />

Comparison functions<br />

Tools- troubleshooting software, searching for addresses<br />

Step 7 reference<br />

Statement list instructions<br />

Function block diagram<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

PLC <strong>Course</strong> for Rig Systems - Applications of Siemens<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 21 - January 25 ................. Houston<br />

February 18 - February 22 .............. Brazil<br />

April 8 - April 12 ............................... Brazil<br />

April 22 - April 26 ............................. Houston<br />

May 13 - May 17 ............................. Brazil<br />

June 17 - June 21 ........................... Brazil<br />

July 15 - July 19 .............................. Brazil<br />

July 22 - July 26 .............................. Houston<br />

September 9 - September 13 .......... Brazil<br />

September 30 - October 4 ............... Houston<br />

October 14 - October 18 ................. Houston<br />

December 16 - December 20 .......... Brazil<br />

This course is available upon request in Brazil, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 74


PLC COURSE FOR RIG SYSTEMS - APPLICATION DIRECT SOFT DL340<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

This course provides Individuals who have little or no working experience with system. This is also for individuals who<br />

work as maintenance technicians and personnel who are responsible for the operation.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Define a PLC and its components<br />

Read and analyze ladder logic<br />

Determine and verify addressing<br />

Recognize internal and external faults<br />

Install and replace PLC components<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to provide student with knowledge and skills needed to accomplish work related to the<br />

system. Participants will become familiar with various types of controls & PLC, systems operation, troubleshooting,<br />

terminology, and programs interpretation.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Distinguishing configuration<br />

Identifying common procedures<br />

Identifying common functionality<br />

General characteristics of controls<br />

Definition of a control system<br />

Interpreting Electrical & Ladder Diagram<br />

Trouble shooting and maintenance<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Brazil and Singapore.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 75


PNEUMATICS FUNDAMENTALS WITH TROUBLESHOOTING<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Any rig personnel required to learn pneumatic system fundamentals and basic pneumatic troubleshooting skills.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Understand and describe basic pneumatics theory, with emphasis on component and circuit functions and<br />

related measurement instrumentation.<br />

Demonstrate circuit analysis in schematics and diagrams using symbol recognition and tracing circuit paths.<br />

Perform circuit parameter measurements.<br />

Demonstrate use of various troubleshooting and process measurement techniques.<br />

Relate the schematic drawing to where physical measurements need to be taken.<br />

Perform conversions between Metric and Imperial measurement systems.<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to give the student a solid overview of pneumatic fundamentals. It will include, but will not be<br />

limited to the following topics: Pascal’s and Boyle’s laws and the units of pressure and flow measurement and the<br />

development of differential pressures. The student will develop an understanding of simple and moderately complex<br />

pneumatic circuits. Students will build circuits and use test equipment to troubleshoot problems in order to gain the<br />

practical experience required to locate and solve pneumatic problems on drilling equipment. The training sessions are<br />

designed to include a discussion of pneumatic fundamentals followed by a practical lab session to reinforce the<br />

student’s learning.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Safety<br />

Pressure, force, volume, flow rate and differential pressure relationships<br />

How to use a digital tachometer<br />

Measurement techniques for circuit components<br />

Hands on circuit construction from schematics including troubleshooting<br />

Simple circuit fault analysis<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

April 1 - April 5 ................................ Brazil<br />

April 8 - April 12 ............................... Brazil<br />

April 15 - April 19 ............................. Brazil<br />

May 6 - May 10 ............................... Brazil<br />

May 20 - May 24 ............................. Brazil<br />

June 3 - June 7 ............................... Brazil<br />

June 10 - June 14 ........................... Brazil<br />

July 15 - July 19 .............................. Brazil<br />

July 22 - July 26 .............................. Brazil<br />

September 2 - September 6 ............ Brazil<br />

September 9 - September 13 .......... Brazil<br />

December 9 - December 13 ............ Brazil<br />

December 16 - December 20 .......... Brazil<br />

This course is available upon request in Houston, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 76


PS 21/30 POWER SLIPS FOR MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Maintenance Personnel.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

2 Days - $2,000<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify, locate, and explain the functional design of each component.<br />

Follow procedures and precautions during installation and commissioning.<br />

Execute proper maintenance procedures for components and systems.<br />

Demonstrate proper troubleshooting techniques.<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This is a two day training course designed for Maintenance Personnel, covering setup, operation, maintenance and<br />

troubleshooting on the <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong> PS21/30 Power Slips<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Equipment Overview<br />

Fill up and circulation<br />

Preparation and rig-up<br />

Operation<br />

Maintenance and Inspection<br />

Hydraulics and troubleshooting<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

Written and Spoken English<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

February 27 - February 28 .............. Montrose, UK<br />

June 11 - June 12 ...... ..................... Montrose, UK<br />

October 1 - October 2 ..................... Montrose, UK<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 77


PS 21/30 POWER SLIPS FOR MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL & BX ELEVATORS<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Maintenance Personnel.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

4 Days - $2,850<br />

POWER SLIPS LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify, locate, and explain the functional design of each component.<br />

Follow procedures and precautions during installation and commissioning.<br />

Execute proper maintenance procedures for components and systems.<br />

Demonstrate proper troubleshooting techniques.<br />

BX ELEVATOR LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify, locate, and explain the function of each component<br />

Follow procedures and precautions during installation and commissioning<br />

Explain proper maintenance procedures for components and systems<br />

Demonstrate proper maintenance and troubleshooting techniques<br />

Tear down, inspect, and rebuild with minimal instructor assistance<br />

Identify hydraulic functions of the BX Elevator using schematics<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

POWER SLIPS COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This is a two day training course designed for Maintenance Personnel, covering setup, operation, maintenance and<br />

troubleshooting on the <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong> PS21/30 Power Slips<br />

BX ELEVATOR COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is primarily a lecture course with hands-on activities. The students will learn about the unit components,<br />

controls, operation sequences, routine maintenance, and safety for NOV BX Elevator.<br />

POWER SLIPS COURSE CONTENT<br />

Equipment Overview<br />

Fill up and circulation<br />

Preparation and rig-up<br />

Operation<br />

Maintenance and Inspection<br />

Hydraulics and troubleshooting<br />

BX ELEVATOR COURSE CONTENT<br />

Introduction<br />

Equipment overview<br />

Installation and commissioning<br />

Operations<br />

Maintenance and troubleshooting<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

Written and Spoken English<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 21 - January 23 ................. Brazil<br />

February 27 - March 1 ..................... Montrose, UK<br />

March 25 - March 27 ....................... Brazil<br />

May 27 - May 29 ............................. Brazil<br />

June 11 - June 14 ......................... . Montrose, UK<br />

July 29 - July 31 .............................. Brazil<br />

October 1 - October 4 .................... Montrose, UK<br />

October 28 - October 30 ................. Brazil<br />

December 2 - December 4 .............. Brazil<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 78


RIG FLOOR EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

This course is designed for individuals that need an introductory overview of the land drilling rig and those who are<br />

new to the land drilling rig industry.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

1 Day - No Cost<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify major system components of a land drilling rig, where those components are located, and their functions.<br />

Identify new technology being used on land drilling rigs.<br />

Get a short summary of US oil field history.<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course will provide the student with general knowledge about the systems used on land drilling rigs, major<br />

components of each of the systems, and the functions the systems perform. By the conclusion of the course, the<br />

student will have a general understanding of how the process of drilling to oil reservoirs within the earth and bringing<br />

the oil to the earth’s surface is accomplished.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Land rig systems<br />

Hoisting system<br />

Rotating system<br />

Circulating system<br />

Drill Stem<br />

Power system<br />

Blowout prevention system<br />

New Technology<br />

Top drive<br />

Power slips<br />

Power tongs<br />

History of Drilling<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 15 ........................ Houston<br />

February 19 ....................... Houston<br />

March 26 ........................... Houston<br />

May 28 .............................. Houston<br />

July 9 ................................. Houston<br />

September 3 ..................... Houston<br />

November 19..................... Houston<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 79


RIG OVERVIEW - OFFSHORE DRILLING AND PRODUCTION<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Individuals that are new to drilling and production processes and equipment used offshore<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

1 Day - No Cost<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Water depth markers<br />

Types of wells drilled<br />

Rig and general equipment types as related to water depth markers<br />

Rig operational equipment and motion compensation<br />

Different production options<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This class is a generalized overview of Offshore Drilling and Production Rigs designed to give the participant a basic<br />

understanding of Offshore Drilling equipment, methods and to be able to identify the type of equipment to drill an oil or<br />

gas well offshore. It is slightly technical in nature, however, easily understood by those with a basic knowledge of the<br />

drilling industry. (The NOV Land Rig course is a good pre-requisite) The student will be able to identify the different types<br />

of offshore rigs and why they are used.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Offshore wells<br />

Platform and jack-up rigs<br />

Moored semi-submersible with guidelines<br />

Moored drill-ship with guidelines<br />

Dynamically positioned semi and drill-ship<br />

Production methods<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 17 ........................ Houston<br />

February 11 ....................... Houston<br />

March 28 ........................... Houston<br />

May 30 .............................. Houston<br />

July 11 ............................... Houston<br />

September 5 ..................... Houston<br />

November 21..................... Houston<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 80


RIGSENSE 2.0 OPERATORS COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

This course is specifically designed for the rig drilling personnel (drillers, assistant drillers, toolpushers).<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

2 Days - $2,000<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

How to set up and end well<br />

How to use Alarms<br />

How to use Pipe Tally<br />

Using RigSense IADC Report<br />

Printing Reports<br />

Using Canned Notes<br />

Extracting Well Data<br />

Printing Well Data/Logs<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

The course is designed to provide personnel with training in the operation of the RigSense Version 2.0 drilling data<br />

system.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

General System overview<br />

RigSense 2.0 screen overview<br />

Touch screen and Computer navigation<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Brazil and Cedar Park.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 81


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

SCR MAINTENANCE COURSE - INTEGRATED POWER SYSTEM INTERMEDIATE (IPS)<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

The IPS (International Power System) SCR Maintenance <strong>Course</strong> is designed for NOV personnel that operate,<br />

maintain and troubleshoot the International Power System.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Restate the functions of the generator cubicle.<br />

Identify the power paths within the generator cubicle.<br />

Define the function and list the devices of the Synchronization cubicle.<br />

Identify the layout and functional sub-units of the generator control rack.<br />

Describe the function, panel layout and controls of metering module, voltage regulator module, governor module,<br />

engine alarm module and auto start/sync module.<br />

Understand the procedures for Operation and Programming of metering module, voltage regulator module,<br />

governor module, engine alarm module and auto start/sync module.<br />

Describe the function and operation of Common Elements, i.e. battery and charging equipment, sync panel and<br />

ground detector panel.<br />

Identify and Explain Rectifier and SCR principles and circuits.<br />

Identify the layout and functional sub-units of the SCR Cubicle.<br />

Describe Gate pulse generation and Phase control.<br />

Describe the operational control of the SCR Cubicle to including inputs, current and rate limits, motor speed<br />

control and operation with power limit and load sharing mode.<br />

Demonstrate proficiency in the operation and programming of the control module to include test panel, conditions<br />

for operation, and programming the SCR module.<br />

Describe the function and layout of the Service Cubicle.<br />

Identify the Power circuits and Load assignments for the DC Power, contractors and drive systems, and dynamic<br />

braking circuits.<br />

Describe the principle of operation for the Regeneration system.<br />

Demonstrate troubleshooting abilities for the IPS system in the areas of symptom recognition and common<br />

failures<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

The IPS (International Power System) SCR Maintenance <strong>Course</strong> is designed to provide the participant an<br />

Intermediate understanding of IPS SCR Drive system fundamentals, Operation and Maintenance, and basic<br />

troubleshooting.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

SCR History, IPS Block Diagram<br />

Generator Cubicle, Initial Setup for Pots and Jumpers, Metering Module<br />

Engine and Generator Controls, Generator Interconnects<br />

Synchronizing/Closing the Generator Circuit Breaker<br />

Power Limit, DC Section Overview<br />

Bridge Operation, Replacing SCR’s<br />

Assignments, Field Supplies<br />

Driller’s Console, Ground Fault<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

February 11 - February 15 ..................... Houston<br />

April 1 - April 5 ........................................ Brazil<br />

May 13 - May 17 ..................................... Houston<br />

June 17 - June 21 ................................... Brazil<br />

June 24 - June 28 ................................... Houston<br />

August 12 - August 16 ............................ Brazil<br />

September 16 - September 20 ............... Houston<br />

October 7 - October 11 ........................... Brazil<br />

November 25 - November 29 ................. Brazil<br />

December 2 - December 6 ..................... Houston<br />

This course is available upon request in the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 82


SCR MAINTENANCE COURSE - ROSS HILL ADVANCED<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

This course is designed for electricians, assistant electricians, motormen, and tool pushers.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Explain the circuitry of the AC Regulating Module.<br />

o Analyze the Power Calculation circuits.<br />

o Examine the Power Limit circuits.<br />

o Define the Calibration procedures for Power Limit.<br />

o Analyze the Voltage Regulation circuits.<br />

o Define the Calibration procedures for Voltage Regulation.<br />

o Analyze the Speed Regulation circuits.<br />

o Define the Calibration procedures for Speed Regulation.<br />

o Examine the Protection circuits.<br />

Explain the circuitry of the DC Regulating Module.<br />

o Analyze the Speed Regulation circuits.<br />

o Develop speed calculation for DC Traction motors.<br />

o Analyze the Current Regulation circuits.<br />

o Define the Calibration of Current Limit.<br />

o Analyze the Firing Circuits for the SCR’s.<br />

Develop Troubleshooting Techniques through SCR Simulator operation and problem solving.<br />

Examine Field Supplies operation and circuitry.<br />

Examine Dynamic Brake circuits and operation<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course builds on the knowledge obtained by students in the Intermediate SCR Maintenance <strong>Course</strong>. The<br />

Advanced SCR Maintenance <strong>Course</strong> includes a training manual and an excellent electrical reference text for each<br />

student. The Advanced <strong>Course</strong> has theory and practical sessions each day.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

In depth AC/ DC Module Design and Operation<br />

Lab Safety<br />

Daily Troubleshooting labs<br />

O scope operation<br />

Detailed Dynamic Break Operation<br />

Operation of sprocket slip card<br />

Basic/ Active Field Supply Operation<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

SCR Maintenance <strong>Course</strong> - Generator Controls Intermediate (Ross Hill)<br />

SCR Maintenance <strong>Course</strong> - SCR Controls Intermediate (Ross Hill)<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 28 - February 1 .................. Houston<br />

March 18 - March 22 ....................... Houston<br />

April 22 - April 26 ............................. Houston<br />

June 17 - June 21 ........................... Houston<br />

July 29 - August 2 ........................... Houston<br />

August 19 - August 23 ..................... Houston<br />

October 21 - October 25 ................. Houston<br />

November 18 - November 22 .......... Houston<br />

December 10 - December 14 .......... Houston<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 83


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

SCR MAINTENANCE COURSE - ROSS HILL INTERMEDIATE (GENERATOR CONTROLS)<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All rig personnel responsible for the operation and maintenance of the Ross Hill Generator Controls.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

List the major components pertaining to engine/generator controls in a Ross Hill SCR System<br />

Briefly define KW, KVA, KVAR and power factor<br />

Explain basic control loop functionality and troubleshooting of the AC Control Modules (Standard, ACII and EGIII)<br />

Explain the theory of operation of power limit circuits and how to troubleshoot them<br />

List the purposes and types of protection circuitry provided in the AC Control Modules<br />

Explain basic control and troubleshooting of engine/generator sets<br />

Explain how to synchronize a generator and put it online<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course includes details in teaching the fundamentals, schematics, and basic troubleshooting associated with<br />

Engine and Generator controls, Power Limit circuits, Power Factor Correction, protection circuits and Load sharing<br />

and Synchronization of Generators. This will also include an in depth analysis of the standard AC control module.<br />

This course will include the latest in Engine/Generator control modules.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

History<br />

Previous Drilling Systems<br />

Ross Hill Basic Block Diagrams<br />

Power Limit<br />

Actuators<br />

H.O.C.<br />

Master/Slave<br />

Overview of Generator and Standard AC Module<br />

Control Loops<br />

Generator Interconnect<br />

Sync Circuit/ Check Board<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 14 - January 18 ................. Houston<br />

January 28 - February 1 .................. Brazil<br />

March 4 - March 8 ........................... Houston<br />

April 8 - April 12 ............................... Brazil<br />

April 8 - April 12 ............................... Houston<br />

May 13 - May 17 ............................. Brazil<br />

June 3 - June 7 ............................... Houston<br />

July 15 - July 19 .............................. Brazil<br />

July 15 - July 19 .............................. Houston<br />

July 29 - August 2 ........................... Brazil<br />

August 5 - August 9 ......................... Houston<br />

September 2 - September 6 ............ Brazil<br />

September 16 - September 20 ........ Brazil<br />

October 7 - October 11 ................... Houston<br />

October 28 - November 1 ................ Brazil<br />

November 4 - November 8 .............. Houston<br />

December 2 - December 6 .............. Brazil<br />

December 2 - December 6 .............. Houston<br />

This course is available upon request in Singapore, Brazil, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 84


SCR MAINTENANCE COURSE - ROSS HILL INTERMEDIATE (SCR CONTROLS)<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All rig personnel responsible for the operation and maintenance on Ross Hill SCR Systems.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Explain how the Ross Hill SCR System controls<br />

o Assignment logic for drilling applications<br />

o The SCR Bridge<br />

o DC motors used in drilling applications<br />

o The Drawworks Dynamic Brake<br />

Explain Theory of Operation of<br />

o Silicone Controlled Rectifiers<br />

o The Sprocket Slip PCB<br />

o The Dual Timer PCB<br />

o The Ground Fault Circuit<br />

o Field Supplies<br />

Not Measured: Apply knowledge acquired in the course to troubleshooting real world system problems.<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course was previously the last 2 1/2 days of the Intermediate SCR Maintenance course. This has now been<br />

expanded to include more detail in teaching the fundamentals, schematics, and basic troubleshooting associated with<br />

current SCR controls. This course will include the latest in SCR control modules and configurations. Maintenance<br />

personnel should attend this course before being enrolled in the Advanced SCR Maintenance <strong>Course</strong>. Do not consider<br />

the Intermediate DC Drive Maintenance <strong>Course</strong> a basic course that can be bypassed. The information covered in the<br />

Intermediate DC Drive Maintenance course is not covered in the Advanced SCR Maintenance course. It is<br />

recommended that an individual complete the Ross Hill Intermediate DC Drive Maintenance course and the Ross Hill<br />

Intermediate Engine/Generator Controls Maintenance course within the last three years before enrolling in the Ross Hill<br />

Advanced SCR Maintenance course.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

SCR System Overview, Basic DC Module operation<br />

Current feedback development, Voltage Feedback<br />

Importance of Phasing, Contactor Logic<br />

Sprocket Slip theory, Driller console Operation<br />

Dynamic Brake and Field supplies<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 21 - January 25 ....................... Houston<br />

February 4 - February 8 ........................ Brazil<br />

March 11 - March 15 ............................. Houston<br />

April 15 - April 19 ................................... Brazil<br />

April 15 - April 19 ................................... Houston<br />

May 20 - May 24 ................................... Brazil<br />

June 10 - June 14 ................................. Houston<br />

July 22 - July 26 .................................... Brazil<br />

July 22 - July 26 .................................... Houston<br />

August 5 - August 9 ............................... Brazil<br />

August 12 - August 16 ........................... Houston<br />

September 9 - September 13 ................ Brazil<br />

September 23 - September 27 .............. Brazil<br />

October 14 - October 18 ....................... Houston<br />

November 4 - November 8 .................... Brazil<br />

November 11 - November 15 ................ Houston<br />

December 9 - December 13 .................. Brazil<br />

December 9 - December 13 .................. Houston<br />

This course is available upon request in Singapore, Brazil, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 85


SCR MAINTENANCE COURSE - TECH POWER INTERMEDIATE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All rig personnel responsible for the operation and maintenance of the Tech Power SCR Systems<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify and explain the proper operation, maintenance and troubleshooting techniques for the Model 1400 SCR<br />

system<br />

Classify AC systems to include AC module, generator controls, engine controls, power limit and sync circuit<br />

Distinguish the DC systems to include SCR bridge, DC module and drilling applications<br />

Categorize auxiliary circuits and components to include driller’s console, MCC logic, dynamic brake and ground<br />

fault<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to provide the information necessary to maintain and troubleshoot a typical Tech Power SCR<br />

system. The course includes the AC side which is the AC module, Generator controls, Engine Controls, Power Limit,<br />

and the Sync circuit, the DC side which includes, SCR Bridge, DC module, and Drilling Applications, and Auxiliary<br />

Circuits which includes Driller’s Console, MCC logic, Dynamic Brake and Ground fault detection. The system<br />

troubleshooting and schematics will be wholly based on the Tech Power SCR system. Generator controls and<br />

calibration, SCR controls and calibration, consoles, and auxiliary equipment will be covered. PLC Maintenance and<br />

Troubleshooting is suggested as an additional course if your system contains a PLC. (Refer to the Allen -Bradley PLC<br />

<strong>Course</strong> schedule)<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Power limit and factor<br />

Generator Controls<br />

AC/ DC Module Operation<br />

SCR cubicle and SCR bridge<br />

Contactor Logic and Dynamic Braking<br />

PLC Interface<br />

MP Synchronizers and ground fault circuit<br />

Drillers Console<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

February 4 - February 8 ........................ Houston<br />

May 8 - May 10 ..................................... Houston<br />

September 9 - September 13 ................ Houston<br />

October 28 - November 1 ...................... Houston<br />

This course is available upon request in the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 86


SCR MAINTENANCE COURSE - TECH POWER ADVANCED<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All rig personnel responsible for the operation and maintenance of the Tech Power SCR Systems<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Setup parameters for the engine/generator set on the Generator Calibration Board<br />

Calibrate the Bus Overload and Monitor Board (Power Limit) and the load monitor and slip detector board<br />

Troubleshoot engine/generator control problems for mud pumps, drawworks and top drives using Tech Power<br />

Simulator<br />

Troubleshoot problems on the bus overload and monitor board and load monitor and slip detector board using<br />

Tech Power Simulator<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course integrates Theory and Simulator operation for calibration of the AC Module, Bus Overload board, and DC<br />

Module Load Monitor Board, along with understanding Power calculations and Oscilloscope Operation. The student<br />

will listen to the theory then perform the calibration or troubleshooting exercise. The prerequisites for this course<br />

include the Tech Power Intermediate SCR Maintenance <strong>Course</strong> and having a basic understanding of PLCs. If a<br />

student does not have previous experience with PLCs, he must attend the Allen -Bradley PLC Applications for Rig<br />

System course before enrolling in this course. Because of the intense lab and troubleshooting exercises required for<br />

this course, the number of students is limited to the first six enrollments.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Introduction<br />

Power Triangle Formulas<br />

CT Circuit Diagram<br />

EG-II AC Control Module Current Demodulator Block Diagram<br />

Exciter and Current Transducer Panel Schematic<br />

Power Limit Block Diagram<br />

Bus Overload and Monitor Block<br />

Generator Voltage Control and Regulation Block Diagram<br />

DC Module Block Diagram and Theory of Operation<br />

Load Monitor and Slip Detector Block Diagram<br />

Mud Pump Synchronizer<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

SCR Maintenance <strong>Course</strong> - Tech Power Intermediate<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Houston.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 87


SHAFFER 5TH GEN BOP MUX ELECTRICAL CONTROLS<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All rig personnel responsible for the operation and maintenance of the Shaffer 5 th Gen BOP MUX electrical control<br />

system<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Operation of the BOP MUX Controller System<br />

Understanding of system components and communications<br />

Identification of faults and problems<br />

Understanding of remedial actions<br />

Understanding of routine maintenance<br />

Awareness of safety considerations of tasks<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

In this course, students will learn the various components of the system, topology, operations, communications, and<br />

diagnostics for the 5th Generation BOP MUX Control System. Students will also learn the components, and how they<br />

interconnect, communicate, monitor faults, and display information. Fourth and fifth generation control systems will be<br />

discussed. This course offers hands-on laboratory exercises to reinforce lectures and discussions.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

System Overview<br />

Terminology and definitions<br />

Series 90-70 PLCs<br />

Series 90-30 PLCs<br />

Genius bus devices<br />

GE Fanuc VersaMAX I/O<br />

Stahl Remote I/O<br />

Engineering workstation<br />

Genius modular redundancy<br />

Machine Edition programming software<br />

Silvertech genius block H-carriers<br />

Gutor uninterruptible power supply<br />

CCC simulation (oyster terminal)<br />

Fault finding lab exercises<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 14 - January 18 ....................... Houston July 15 - July 19 ........................... Houston<br />

January 28 - February 1 ........................ Houston July 29 - August 2 ........................ Houston<br />

February 11 - February 15 .................... Houston August 12 - August 16 .................. Houston<br />

February 25 - March 1 ........................... Houston August 26 - August 30 .................. Houston<br />

March 11 - March 15 ............................. Houston September 9 - September 13 ....... Houston<br />

March 18 - March 22 ............................. Houston September 23 - September 27 ..... Houston<br />

April 15 - April 19 ................................... Houston October 7 - October 11 ................ Houston<br />

April 29 - May 3 ..................................... Houston October 21 - October 25 .............. Houston<br />

May 13 - May 17 ................................... Houston November 4 - November 8 ........... Houston<br />

May 20 - May 24 ................................... Houston December 2 - December 6 ........... Houston<br />

June 10 - June 14 ................................. Houston December 16 - December 20 ....... Houston<br />

June 24 - June 28 ................................. Houston<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 88


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

SHAFFER EQUIPMENT MECHANICAL (SHAFFER RUCKER MOTION COMPENSATION)<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All rig personnel responsible for the operation and maintenance of the Shaffer Motion Compensation equipment<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

2 Days - $2,000<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify the purpose of Shaffer DSCs, CMCs, and MRTs.<br />

Identify different models of Shaffer Motion Compensation equipment.<br />

Describe the safety hazards when operating the Shaffer Motion Compensation equipment and the best practices<br />

and procedures to avoid those hazards.<br />

Outline basic maintenance procedures for the Shaffer Motion Compensation equipment, including auxiliary APV<br />

bottles and control panels<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to introduce and create knowledge and understanding of unit components, operation<br />

sequences, routine maintenance, and safety while testing and performing maintenance functions on Shaffer Motion<br />

Compensation equipment. Troubleshooting of the equipment is a critical area of focus.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Introduction<br />

Motion Compensation Theory<br />

600K to 1000K CMC<br />

400K DSC<br />

600K DSC Standard<br />

Riser Tensioners<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Houston, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 89


SHAFFER EQUIPMENT MECHANICAL (SURFACE TYPE EQUIPMENT)<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All rig personnel responsible for the operation and maintenance of the Shaffer surface type equipment to include<br />

land, jack-up and platform applications<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

3 Days - $2,500<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify and understand the purpose of surface equipment<br />

Identify different Shaffer spherical, rams, and valves<br />

Repair and maintain Shaffer surface equipment<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to introduce and create knowledge and understanding of unit components, operation<br />

sequences, routine maintenance, and safety while testing and performing maintenance functions on Shaffer Surface<br />

type BOP’s. Troubleshooting of the equipment is a critical area of focus. If the course is held in Houston there will be<br />

hands on training on the Rams, Annulars, Manifold Valves and Control System Hydraulic Valves.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Introduction<br />

Shaffer spherical seminar<br />

Shaffer all models RAM type BOPs<br />

NOV 13-5/8” 10M LXT and Shaffer 21-1/4” 5M RAM type BOP’s<br />

Surface BOP controls<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

February 19 - February 21 .............. Houston<br />

March 25 - March 27 ....................... Houston<br />

May 28 – May 30 ............................. Houston<br />

September 3 - September 5 ............ Houston<br />

This course is available upon request in Brazil, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 90


SHAFFER EQUIPMENT MECHANICAL COURSE (SUB SEA EQUIPMENT)<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

This course is designed for Toolpushers, Drillers, Assistant Drillers, Mechanics, Roughnecks, and Sub Sea<br />

Engineers.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify the major components of the Shaffer sub-sea equipment.<br />

Use the user manuals to properly maintain and inspect the equipment.<br />

Use the troubleshooting techniques taught in the class to assist problem solving.<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to introduce and create knowledge and understanding of unit components, operation<br />

sequences, routine maintenance, and safety while testing and performing maintenance functions on Shaffer Sub Sea<br />

Equipment. Troubleshooting of the equipment is a critical area of focus. If the course is held in Houston there will be<br />

hands on training on the Rams, Annulars, Manifold Valves and Control System Hydraulic Valves.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Shaffer Sub Sea BOP Stack 5 th Generation<br />

Shaffer Gate Valve<br />

Shaffer Spherical Blowout Preventer and Test<br />

Shaffer Diverter<br />

SLX and NXT Ram Type Blowout Preventer and Test<br />

Locking Systems – Ultra Lock IIB and Poslock 22”<br />

Shaffer FT-H Riser and DT-Riser<br />

Blowout Preventer Control System Introduction<br />

Pod Schematic Symbology<br />

4 th Generation MUX and Exercise<br />

5 th Generation MUX<br />

HPU and Diverter Units<br />

MUX Cable Reels and Test<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 14 - January 18 ................. Houston June 24 - June 28 ........................ Houston<br />

January 28 - February 1 .................. Houston July 15 - July 19 ........................... Houston<br />

February 4 - February 8 .................. Brazil July 29 - August 2 ........................ Houston<br />

February 11 - February 15 .............. Houston August 5 - August 9 ...................... Brazil<br />

February 18 - February 22 .............. Brazil August 12 - August 16 .................. Brazil<br />

February 25 - March 1 ..................... Houston August 12 - August 16 .................. Houston<br />

March 11 - March 15 ....................... Houston August 26 - August 30 .................. Houston<br />

March 18 - March 22 ....................... Houston September 9 - September 13 ....... Houston<br />

April 1 - April 5................................. Brazil September 23 - September 27 ..... Houston<br />

April 1 - April 5................................. Houston October 7 - October 11 ................ Houston<br />

April 8 - April 12 ............................... Brazil October 14 - October 18 .............. Brazil<br />

April 15 – April 19 ............................ Houston October 21 - October 25 .............. Brazil<br />

April 29 - May 3 ............................... Houston October 21 - October 25 .............. Houston<br />

May 13 - May 17 ............................. Houston November 11 - November 15 ....... Houston<br />

May 20 - May 24 ............................. Houston December 2 - December 6 ........... Brazil<br />

June 3 - June 7 ............................... Brazil December 2 - December 6 ........... Houston<br />

June 10 - June 14 ........................... Brazil December 9 - December 13 ......... Brazil<br />

June 10 - June 14 ........................... Houston December 16 - December 20 ....... Houston<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 91


TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC TDS 8 ELECTRICAL COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Electrical maintenance personnel performing equipment maintenance, troubleshooting and interpretation of<br />

diagnostic data.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Distinguish the differences between each model<br />

List the procedures/sequences/processes needed to be taken when operating the TDS-8 top drive<br />

Utilize the NOV manuals to locate pertinent information.<br />

Explain the equipment’s purpose<br />

Identify the equipment’s components.<br />

Explain the equipment’s construction.<br />

Understand/explain the operation of the equipment.<br />

Utilize the safety codes and dangerous areas of the equipment.<br />

Explain how to perform maintenance on the equipment.<br />

Be aware of the improvements offered by N.O.V.’s Product Information Bulletins (P.I.B.s).<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This five day course covers all the electrical components and circuits of the TDS-8. This course will familiarize the<br />

students with the electrical operation, component functionality, technical documents/drawings, and troubleshooting<br />

techniques necessary to maintain the TDS-8 and its electrical components. The course will also give an overview of<br />

the use of the Cyberbase Chair for TDS control/operation, cover the SBC controller in depth and give an overview of<br />

the interfaced ABB Variable Frequency Drive (in-depth ABB training is covered in a separate course). The SBC<br />

section will cover the overall system and components, Profibus DP and Ethernet networks and the single board<br />

controller operations and diagnostics. Systems screen displays will be analyzed for information pertaining to<br />

maintenance and troubleshooting.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

TDS 8<br />

Drilling specifications<br />

Pipe handler<br />

Equipment operations<br />

Post jarring inspections<br />

Routine maintenance and inspection<br />

Electrical control system and troubleshooting<br />

Lubrication<br />

Auxiliary electrical systems<br />

Variable Frequency Drives overview<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Montrose (UK) and Singapore.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 92


TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC TDS 8 MECHANICAL COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Maintenance personnel performing equipment maintenance, troubleshooting and interpretation of diagnostic data.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

3 Days - $2,650<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Distinguish the differences between different Top Drive models<br />

Compare the components and uses of one particular model to the other<br />

List the procedures/sequences/processes needed to be taken when operating the TDS 8SA top drive<br />

Evaluate and update existing maintenance schedules to fit the specified maintenance requirements<br />

Recognize if a problem exists and when repairs are needed<br />

Identify hydraulic symbols and troubleshoot hydraulic schematics<br />

List and explain abbreviations used when describing the equipment.<br />

Be aware of the improvements offered by N.O.V.’s Product Information Bulletins (P.I.B.s).<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This three day course will cover the operations and functional design of the TDS 8SA top drive’s components,<br />

systems, lubrication, maintenance, adjustment, troubleshooting techniques, ISO Hydraulic/pneumatic symbols and<br />

standard top drive hydraulic schematics.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

TDS 8SA<br />

Drilling specifications<br />

Pipe handler<br />

Load bearing components<br />

Equipment operations<br />

Post jarring inspections<br />

Routine maintenance and inspection<br />

Basic hydraulics and troubleshooting<br />

Lubrication<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Montrose (UK).<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 93


TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - TDS 8 SA & 1000 ELECTRICAL<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Electrical maintenance personnel performing equipment maintenance, troubleshooting and interpretation of<br />

diagnostic data.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Distinguish the differences between each model<br />

List the procedures/sequences/processes needed to be taken when operating the TDS-8 top drive<br />

Utilize the NOV manuals to locate pertinent information.<br />

Explain the equipment’s purpose<br />

Identify the equipment’s components.<br />

Explain the equipment’s construction.<br />

Understand/explain the operation of the equipment.<br />

Utilize the safety codes and dangerous areas of the equipment.<br />

Explain how to perform maintenance on the equipment.<br />

Be aware of the improvements offered by NOV’s Product Information Bulletins (PIBs).<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This five day course covers all the electrical components and circuits. This course will familiarize the students with the<br />

electrical operation, component functionality, technical documents/drawings, and troubleshooting techniques<br />

necessary to maintain the Top Drive and its electrical components. The course will also give an overview of the use<br />

of the Cyberbase Chair for TDS control/operation, cover the SBC controller in depth and give an overview of the<br />

interfaced ABB Variable Frequency Drive (in-depth ABB training is covered in a separate course). The SBC section<br />

will cover the overall system and components, Profibus DP and Ethernet networks and the single board controller<br />

operations and diagnostics. Systems screen displays will be analyzed for information pertaining to maintenance and<br />

troubleshooting.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

TDS 8 & 1000<br />

Drilling specifications<br />

Pipe handler<br />

Equipment operations<br />

Post jarring inspections<br />

Routine maintenance and inspection<br />

Electrical control system and troubleshooting<br />

Lubrication<br />

Auxiliary electrical systems<br />

Variable Frequency Drives overview<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 16 - January 20 ................. Singapore<br />

March 19 - March 23 ....................... Singapore<br />

May 28 - June 1 .............................. Singapore<br />

June 25 - June 29 ........................... Singapore<br />

September 10 - September 14 ........ Singapore<br />

December 10 - December 14 .......... Singapore<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 94


TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC TDS 8 AND 1000 MECHANICAL COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All rig personnel responsible for the maintenance and mechanical troubleshooting of the TDS 8 & 1000 drilling<br />

system<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify/compare and contrast the many parts of the AC Top Drives 8 and 1000<br />

Explain the operation of the AC Top Drives 8 and 1000 using the <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong> drillers console<br />

Explain the procedures for properly maintaining the AC TDS 8 & 1000<br />

Given product manual, hand tools, and wash-pipe successfully teardown, inspect, and rebuild with minimal<br />

instructor assistance<br />

Using the lubrication circuit schematic properly identify flow path and parts<br />

Recognize when repairs are needed for the AC TDS 8 & 1000<br />

Identify most common hydraulic symbols and state the flow path of hydraulic fluid in a given system using a<br />

schematic<br />

Analyze proper troubleshooting procedures for the TDS 8 and 1000 using hydraulic schematics<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is primarily a lecture course with minimal hands-on activities. The students will receive an overview of the<br />

hydraulic systems, a review of hydraulic symbols and an understanding of hydraulic schematics. The students will<br />

also learn how to troubleshoot the TDS 8 & 1000 hydraulic systems. The course will cover top drive components,<br />

functions of the mechanical systems and lubrication schedules.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Introduction<br />

Overview of Equipment<br />

Equipment operation<br />

Maintenance<br />

Hydraulic<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 7 - January 11 ................... Brazil<br />

January 7 - January 11 ................... Houston<br />

February 4 - February 8 .................. Houston<br />

March 18 - March 22 ....................... Brazil<br />

March 18 - March 22 ....................... Houston<br />

April 1 - April 5................................. Houston<br />

May 6 - May 10 ............................... Brazil<br />

May 6 - May 10 ............................... Houston<br />

June 17 - June 21 ........................... Houston<br />

July 1 - July 5 .................................. Brazil<br />

August 19 - August 23 ..................... Houston<br />

September 9 - September 13 .......... Houston<br />

September 16 - September 20 ........ Brazil<br />

October 28 - November 1 ................ Houston<br />

November 4 - November 8 .............. Brazil<br />

December 9 - December 13 ............ Houston<br />

This course is available upon request in UK, Singapore, Brazil, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a<br />

customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 95


TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC TDS 9 AND 11 ELECTRICAL COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Electrical maintenance personnel performing equipment maintenance, troubleshooting and interpretation of<br />

diagnostic data.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Distinguish the differences between each model<br />

List the procedures/sequences/processes needed to<br />

be taken when operating the AC top drive<br />

Utilize the NOV manuals to locate pertinent information.<br />

Explain the equipment’s purpose<br />

Identify the equipment’s components.<br />

Explain the equipment’s construction.<br />

Understand/explain the operation of the equipment.<br />

Utilize the safety codes and dangerous areas of the equipment.<br />

Explain how to perform maintenance on the equipment.<br />

Be aware of the improvements offered by N.O.V.’s Product Information Bulletins (P.I.B.s).<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This five day course covers all the electrical components and circuits of the AC TDS. This course will familiarize the<br />

students with the electrical operation, component functionality, technical documents/drawings, and troubleshooting<br />

techniques necessary to maintain the AC Top Drive and its electrical components. An actual Top Drive Stand Alone<br />

Control Panel and interfaced Variable Frequency Drive will be used to conduct hands on exercises and labs that<br />

include; Digital/Analog device testing, Indicator testing and program uploads/downloads. The labs are designed for<br />

the customer to be able to visually see the panel inputs, faults, and how the PLC interfaces with the AC Drive<br />

Controller. In order for the customer to have an optimum experience in this class, it is recommended but not required,<br />

that the student have basic knowledge of Siemens Step 7 software.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

TDS 9 and 11, Drilling specifications<br />

Pipe handler, Equipment operations<br />

Post jarring inspections<br />

Routine maintenance and inspection<br />

Electrical control system and troubleshooting<br />

Lubrication, Auxiliary electrical systems<br />

Variable Frequency Drives<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

February 11 - February 15 ................. Montrose, UK<br />

July 15 - July 19 ................................. Montrose, UK<br />

November 25 - November 29 ............. Montrose, UK<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 96


TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC TDS 9 AND 11 MECHANICAL COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Maintenance personnel performing equipment maintenance, troubleshooting and interpretation of diagnostic data.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

3 days- $2,500<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Distinguish the differences between each model<br />

Compare the components and uses of one particular model to the other<br />

List the procedures/sequences/processes needed to be taken when operating the AC top drive<br />

Evaluate and update existing maintenance schedules to fit the specified maintenance requirements<br />

Recognize if a problem exists and when repairs are needed<br />

Identify hydraulic symbols and troubleshoot hydraulic schematics<br />

List and explain abbreviations used when describing the equipment.<br />

Be aware of the improvements offered by N.O.V.’s Product Information Bulletins (P.I.B.s).<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This three day course will cover the operations and functional design of the AC top drive’s components, systems,<br />

lubrication, maintenance, adjustment, troubleshooting techniques, ISO Hydraulic/pneumatic symbols and standard<br />

top drive hydraulic schematics.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

TDS 9SA and 11SA<br />

Drilling specifications<br />

Pipe handler<br />

Load bearing components<br />

Equipment operations<br />

Post jarring inspections<br />

Routine maintenance and inspection<br />

Basic hydraulics and troubleshooting<br />

Lubrication<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

March 8 - March 8 .............................. Montrose, UK<br />

July 3 - July 5 ..................................... Montrose, UK<br />

November 13 - November 15 ............. Montrose, UK<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 97


TOP DRIVE, TDS 9, 10 & 11 SA ELECTRICAL<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Electrical maintenance personnel performing equipment maintenance, troubleshooting and interpretation of<br />

diagnostic data.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Distinguish the differences between each model<br />

List the procedures/sequences/processes needed to<br />

be taken when operating the AC top drive<br />

Utilize the NOV manuals to locate pertinent information.<br />

Explain the equipment’s purpose<br />

Identify the equipment’s components.<br />

Explain the equipment’s construction.<br />

Understand/explain the operation of the equipment.<br />

Utilize the safety codes and dangerous areas of the equipment.<br />

Explain how to perform maintenance on the equipment.<br />

Be aware of the improvements offered by NOV’s Product Information Bulletins (PIBs).<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This five day course covers all the electrical components and circuits of the AC TDS. This course will familiarize the<br />

students with the electrical operation, component functionality, technical documents/drawings, and troubleshooting<br />

techniques necessary to maintain the AC Top Drive and its electrical components. An actual Top Drive Stand Alone<br />

Control Panel and interfaced Variable Frequency Drive will be used to conduct hands on exercises and labs that<br />

include; Digital/Analog device testing, Indicator testing and program uploads/downloads. The labs are designed for<br />

the customer to be able to visually see the panel inputs, faults, and how the PLC interfaces with the AC Drive<br />

Controller. In order for the customer to have an optimum experience in this class, it is recommended but not required,<br />

that the student have basic knowledge of Siemens Step 7 software.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

TDS 9, 10 and 11, Drilling specifications<br />

Pipe handler, Equipment operations<br />

Post jarring inspections<br />

Routine maintenance and inspection<br />

Electrical control system and troubleshooting<br />

Lubrication, Auxiliary electrical systems<br />

Variable Frequency Drives<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

March 5 - March 9 ........................... Singapore<br />

May 14 - May 18 ............................. Singapore<br />

August 27 - August 31 ..................... Singapore<br />

November 19 - November 23 .......... Singapore<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 98


TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC TDS 9, 10, 11 MECHANICAL COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All rig personnel responsible for the maintenance and mechanical troubleshooting of the AC TDS 9, 10, 11 drilling<br />

systems<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

3 Days - $2,500<br />

5 Days - $3,350 (Singapore)<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify/compare and contrast the many parts of the AC Top Drives 9, 10 and 11<br />

Explain the operation of the AC Top Drives 9, 10 and 11 using the NOV drillers console<br />

Explain the procedures for properly maintaining the top drive<br />

Given product manual, hand tools, and wash-pipe successfully teardown, inspect, and rebuild with minimal<br />

instructor assistance<br />

Using the lubrication circuit schematic properly identify flow path and parts<br />

Recognize when repairs are needed for the top drive<br />

Identify most common hydraulic symbols and state the flow path of hydraulic fluid in a given system using a<br />

schematic<br />

Analyze proper troubleshooting procedures for the top drive using hydraulic schematics<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to train personnel on the maintenance, mechanical troubleshooting and repair of the top<br />

drive. The student will learn operation of the top drive components and system, lubrication, maintenance, adjustment<br />

and troubleshooting techniques. It covers fundamental operations and maintenance specific to analysis of hydraulic,<br />

and includes ISO hydraulic symbols.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Equipment operation<br />

Lubrication and inspection<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

Hydraulic symbols<br />

System hydraulics<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

February 19 - February 21 .................. Houston<br />

April 9 - April 13 ................................... Singapore<br />

May 28 - May 30 .................................. Houston<br />

July 9 - July 11..................................... Houston<br />

August 13 - August 17 ......................... Singapore<br />

October 1 - October 5 .......................... Singapore<br />

October 15 - October 17 ...................... Houston<br />

This course is available upon request in UK, Singapore (5 day version), Brazil, the mobile classroom (USA) or at a<br />

customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 99


TOP DRIVE SYSTEM – TDS-11SA/ST80-C OVERVIEW<br />

TDS-11SA AUDIENCE<br />

All rig personnel responsible for the maintenance of the TDS-11SA drilling system<br />

ST80-C AUDIENCE<br />

All rig personnel responsible for the maintenance of the ST80-C Iron Roughneck<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

(8 Hour Split – Half Day Overview of Each <strong>Course</strong>) 1 Day - $750<br />

TDS-11SA LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify the TDS-11SA parts<br />

Explain the procedures for properly maintaining the TDS-11SA<br />

Recognize when repairs are needed for the top drive<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

ST80-C LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify course requirements for classroom participation, safety precautions and evacuation procedures<br />

Identify/compare and contrast the many parts of the ST80-C and explain their various functions and uses<br />

Explain the operational characteristics of the ST80-C<br />

Explain the procedures for properly maintaining the ST80-C<br />

TDS-11SA COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to train personnel on the maintenance of the top drive. The student will learn the various<br />

functions of the driller’s console, the top drive components and the system lubrication.<br />

ST80-C COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to teach personnel maintenance of ST80-C style Iron Roughneck. The student will also learn<br />

the functions of the mechanical systems and the correct lubrication schedule required to keep the equipment working<br />

properly.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Equipment overview<br />

Equipment Operation<br />

Maintenance<br />

Inspection<br />

Lubrication<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Houston<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 100


TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC AND BASIC HYDRAULICS COMBINED - MECHANICAL<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Maintenance personnel performing equipment maintenance, troubleshooting and interpretation of diagnostic data. All<br />

individuals required to learn basic hydraulics.<br />

DURATION/COST<br />

5 days/$3350<br />

TDS LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Distinguish the differences between each model<br />

Compare the components and uses of one particular model to the other<br />

List the procedures/sequences/processes needed to be taken when operating the AC top drive<br />

Evaluate and update existing maintenance schedules to fit the specified maintenance requirements<br />

Recognize if a problem exists and when repairs are needed<br />

Identify hydraulic symbols and troubleshoot hydraulic schematics<br />

List and explain abbreviations used when describing the equipment.<br />

Be aware of the improvements offered by N.O.V.’s Product Information Bulletins (P.I.B.s).<br />

BASIC HYDRAULICS LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Understand and describe basic hydraulics theory with emphasis on component and circuit functions.<br />

Demonstrate circuit analysis skills in reading schematics and diagrams, using symbol recognition and in tracing<br />

circuit paths.<br />

Perform circuit parameter measurements for many different circuit configurations.<br />

Perform related conversions between Metric and Imperial Measurement Systems.<br />

TDS COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This three day course will cover the operations and functional design of the AC top drive’s<br />

components, systems, lubrication, maintenance, adjustment, troubleshooting techniques, ISO<br />

Hydraulic/pneumatic symbols and standard top drive hydraulic schematics.<br />

BASIC HYDRAULICS COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to give the student a working understanding of hydraulic fundamentals. It will include the<br />

following topics: Pascal’s law and the units of pressure, force and flow rates. The student will develop an<br />

understanding of simple hydraulic circuits. The course includes familiarization with the fluid power symbols of most<br />

major fluid power components. Students will develop an understanding of basic hydraulic processes.<br />

TDS COURSE CONTENT<br />

TDS 9SA and 11SA<br />

Drilling specifications<br />

Pipe handler<br />

Load bearing components<br />

Equipment operations<br />

Post jarring inspections<br />

Routine maintenance and inspection<br />

Basic hydraulics and troubleshooting<br />

Lubrication<br />

BASIC HYDRAULICS COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

Safety<br />

Pressure, force, volume and flow rate relationships<br />

Measurement techniques for circuit components<br />

Simple circuit operational analysis<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

March 26 - March 30 .......................... Montrose, UK<br />

July 2 - July 6 ..................................... Montrose, UK<br />

November 5 - November 9 ................. Montrose, UK<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 101


TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - AC TOP DRIVE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All rig personnel responsible for the electrical maintenance and troubleshooting of the NOV AC Top Drives<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify and understand the operation of electrical components involved with the AC Top Drive System.<br />

Properly navigate through a set of electrical top drive prints.<br />

Successfully trace out all the electrical circuits of an AC Top Drive System<br />

Troubleshoot by viewing the inputs to the top drive solenoids via the top drive annunciator panel.<br />

Observe faults via the internal remote I/O’s and the PLC Central Processing Unit.<br />

Connect to the PLC using Step 7 software and perform diagnostic troubleshooting.<br />

Connect to the ABB Drive using Drive Windows software<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

The AC Top Drive System Electrical <strong>Course</strong> is a 5 day class that covers all the electrical components and circuits of<br />

the AC TDS. This course will familiarize the students with the electrical operation, component functionality, technical<br />

documents/drawings, and troubleshooting techniques necessary to maintain the AC Top Drive and its electrical<br />

components. An actual Top Drive Stand Alone Control Panel and interfaced AC Drive will be used to conduct hands<br />

on exercises and labs that include; Digital/Analog device testing, Indicator testing and calibration, component<br />

disassembly /assembly, component calibrations, cabling connector inspections, and program uploads/downloads.<br />

The labs are designed for the customer to be able to visually see the panel inputs, faults, and how the PLC interfaces<br />

with the AC Drive Controller. In order for the customer to have an optimum experience in this class, it is<br />

recommended but not required, that the student have basic knowledge of Siemens Step 7 software.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

System Overview<br />

AC Top Drive Control Panel and AC Drive Controller<br />

Communications with PLC and Drive and Software Tools<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None, However basic knowledge of Siemens Step 7 software would be advantageous to the student.<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 7 - January 11 ................... Brazil July 1 - July 5 ................................ Brazil<br />

January 7 - January 11 ................... Houston July 8 - July 12 .............................. Houston<br />

January 28 - February 1 .................. Houston July 22 - July 26 ............................ Houston<br />

February 4 - February 8 .................. Houston August 19 - August 23 ................... Houston<br />

February 5 - March 1 ....................... Houston August 26 - August 30 ................... Houston<br />

March 4 - March 8 ........................... Houston September 9 - September 13 ........ Houston<br />

March 18 - March 22 ....................... Brazil September 16 - September 20 ...... Brazil<br />

April 8 - April 12 ............................... Houston September 23 - September 27 ...... Houston<br />

April 22 - April 26 ............................. Houston September 30 - October 4 ............. Houston<br />

May 6 - May 10 ............................... Brazil October 15 - October 19 ............... Brazil<br />

May 6 - May 10 ............................... Houston October 28 - November 1 .............. Houston<br />

May 20 - May 24 ............................. Houston November 4 - November 8 ............ Brazil<br />

June 3 - June 7 ............................... Houston December 2 - December 6 ............ Houston<br />

June 24 - June 28 ........................... Houston December 16 - December 20 ........ Houston<br />

This course can also be taught from the mobile classroom (USA) or at the customer’s facility upon request.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 102


TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - DC TDS 3, 4, 6 MECHANICAL COURSE WITH RBS<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All rig personnel responsible for the maintenance and mechanical troubleshooting of the DC TDS 3, 4, 6 drilling<br />

systems with Raised Back-up System<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Distinguish the differences between each model<br />

Compare the components and uses of one particular model to the other<br />

List the procedures/sequences/processes needed to be taken when operating the DC top drive<br />

Evaluate and update existing maintenance schedules to fit the specified maintenance requirements<br />

Adjust the PH-60 TW manifold, counterbalance, and motor alignment cylinder with minimal instructor assistance<br />

Recognize if a problem exists and when repairs are needed<br />

Operate and maintain procedures pertaining to raised back-up system<br />

Identify hydraulic symbols and troubleshoot hydraulic schematics<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is primarily a lecture course with hands-on activities involving PH-60, counterbalance and motor<br />

alignment systems. The students will receive an overview of the hydraulic systems, a review of hydraulic symbols and<br />

an understanding of hydraulic schematics. The students will also learn how to troubleshoot using hydraulic<br />

schematics. The course will cover top drive and raised back-up system components, functions of the mechanical<br />

systems and lubrication schedule.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

TDS 3S/H, 4S/H, and 6S<br />

Drilling specifications<br />

Pipe handler<br />

Load bearing components<br />

Equipment operations<br />

Post jarring inspections<br />

Routine maintenance and inspection<br />

Basic hydraulics and troubleshooting<br />

Lubrication<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 14 - January 18 ................. Brazil<br />

January 14 - January 18 ................. Houston<br />

March 11 - March 15 ....................... Houston<br />

April 22 - April 26 ............................. Brazil<br />

May 6 - May 10 ............................... Houston<br />

June 10 - June 14 ........................... Houston<br />

June 24 - June 28 ........................... Brazil<br />

July 15 - July 19 .............................. Houston<br />

August 5 - August 9 ......................... Brazil<br />

August 12 - August 16 ..................... Houston<br />

September 23 - September 27 ........ Brazil<br />

September 23 - September 27 ........ Houston<br />

October 14 - October 18 ................. Houston<br />

November 25 - November 29 .......... Brazil<br />

December 2 - December 6 .............. Houston<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 103


TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - DC TDS 3, 4, 5, 6 ELECTRICAL COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Electrical maintenance personnel performing equipment maintenance, troubleshooting and interpretation of<br />

diagnostic data.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Distinguish the differences between each model<br />

List the procedures/sequences/processes needed to be taken when operating the DC top drive<br />

Utilize the NOV manuals to locate pertinent information.<br />

Explain the equipment’s purpose<br />

Identify the equipment’s components.<br />

Explain the equipment’s construction.<br />

Understand/explain the operation of the equipment.<br />

Utilize the safety codes and dangerous areas of the equipment.<br />

Explain how to perform maintenance on the equipment.<br />

Be aware of the improvements offered by N.O.V.’s Product Information Bulletins (P.I.B.s).<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This five day course covers all the electrical components and circuits of the DC TDS. This course will familiarize the<br />

students with the electrical operation, component functionality, technical documents/drawings, and troubleshooting<br />

techniques necessary to maintain the DC Top Drive and its electrical components. An actual Top Drive Stand Alone<br />

Control Panel and interfaced PLC will be used to conduct hands on exercises and labs that include; Digital/Analog<br />

device testing, Indicator testing and program uploads/downloads. The labs are designed for the customer to be able<br />

to visually see the panel inputs, faults, and how the PLC interfaces with the DC TDS system.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

TDS 3, 4, 5 and 6<br />

Drilling specifications<br />

Pipe handler<br />

Equipment operations<br />

Post jarring inspections<br />

Routine maintenance and inspection<br />

Electrical control system and troubleshooting<br />

Lubrication<br />

Auxiliary electrical systems<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

Recommended, but not required, that the student have basic knowledge of PLC software.<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 7 - January 11 ................... Montrose, UK<br />

January 14 - January 19 ................. Brazil<br />

March 4 - March 8 ........................... Montrose, UK<br />

April 22 - April 26 ............................. Brazil<br />

May 6 - May 10 ............................... Montrose, UK<br />

June 24 - June 28 ........................... Brazil<br />

July 8 - July 12 ............................... Montrose, UK<br />

August 5 - August 9 ......................... Brazil<br />

September 2 - September 6 ........... Montrose, UK<br />

September 23 - September 27 ........ Brazil<br />

November 11 - November 15 ......... Montrose, UK<br />

November 25 - November 29 .......... Brazil<br />

This course is available upon request in Brazil.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 104


TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - DC TDS 3, 4, 5, 6 MECHANICAL COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Maintenance personnel performing equipment maintenance, troubleshooting and interpretation of diagnostic data.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

3 Days - $2,650<br />

5 Days - $3,350 (Singapore)<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Distinguish the differences between each model<br />

Compare the components and uses of one particular model to the other<br />

List the procedures/sequences/processes needed to be taken when operating the DC top drive<br />

Evaluate and update existing maintenance schedules to fit the specified maintenance requirements<br />

Adjust the PH-60 TW manifold with minimal instructor assistance<br />

Recognize if a problem exists and when repairs are needed<br />

Identify hydraulic symbols and troubleshoot hydraulic schematics<br />

List and explain abbreviations used when describing the equipment.<br />

Be aware of the improvements offered by N.O.V.’s Product Information Bulletins (P.I.B.s).<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This three day course will cover the operations and functional design of the DC top drive’s components, systems,<br />

lubrication, maintenance, adjustment, troubleshooting techniques, ISO Hydraulic/pneumatic symbols and standard<br />

top drive hydraulic schematics.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

TDS 3S/H, 4S/H, 5H and 6S<br />

Drilling specifications<br />

Pipe handler<br />

Load bearing components<br />

Equipment operations<br />

Post jarring inspections<br />

Routine maintenance and inspection<br />

Basic hydraulics and troubleshooting<br />

Lubrication<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

February 4 - February 6 ................. Montrose, UK<br />

March 11 - March 13……. ............... Montrose, UK<br />

May 13 - May 15 ............................. Montrose, UK<br />

July 15 - July 17 .............................. Montrose, UK<br />

August 6 - August 8 ......................... Montrose, UK<br />

October 7 - October 9 ..................... Montrose, UK<br />

December 2 - December 4 .............. Montrose, UK<br />

This course is available in Singapore (5 day version) and Brazil.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 105


TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - TDS 3H, 3S, 4H & 4S ELECTRICAL<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Electrical maintenance personnel performing equipment maintenance, troubleshooting and interpretation of<br />

diagnostic data.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Distinguish the differences between each model<br />

List the procedures/sequences/processes needed to be taken when operating the DC top drive<br />

Utilize the NOV manuals to locate pertinent information.<br />

Explain the equipment’s purpose<br />

Identify the equipment’s components.<br />

Explain the equipment’s construction.<br />

Understand/explain the operation of the equipment.<br />

Utilize the safety codes and dangerous areas of the equipment.<br />

Explain how to perform maintenance on the equipment.<br />

Be aware of the improvements offered by NOV.’s Product Information Bulletins (PIBs).<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This five day course covers all the electrical components and circuits of the DC TDS. This course will familiarize the<br />

students with the electrical operation, component functionality, technical documents/drawings, and troubleshooting<br />

techniques necessary to maintain the DC Top Drive and its electrical components. An actual Top Drive Stand Alone<br />

Control Panel and interfaced PLC will be used to conduct hands on exercises and labs that include; Digital/Analog<br />

device testing, Indicator testing and program uploads/downloads. The labs are designed for the customer to be able<br />

to visually see the panel inputs, faults, and how the PLC interfaces with the DC TDS system.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

TDS 3, 4, 5 and 6<br />

Drilling specifications<br />

Pipe handler<br />

Equipment operations<br />

Post jarring inspections<br />

Routine maintenance and inspection<br />

Electrical control system and troubleshooting<br />

Lubrication<br />

Auxiliary electrical systems<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

Recommended, but not required, that the student have basic knowledge of PLC software.<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

April 16 - April 20 ............................. Singapore<br />

July 2 - July 6 .................................. Singapore<br />

October 8 - October 12 ................... Singapore<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 106


TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - TDS 3H, 3S, 4H & 4S MECHANICAL<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Maintenance personnel performing equipment maintenance, troubleshooting and interpretation of diagnostic data.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Distinguish the differences between each model<br />

Compare the components and uses of one particular model to the other<br />

List the procedures/sequences/processes needed to be taken when operating the DC top drive<br />

Evaluate and update existing maintenance schedules to fit the specified maintenance requirements<br />

Adjust the PH-60 TW manifold with minimal instructor assistance<br />

Recognize if a problem exists and when repairs are needed<br />

Identify hydraulic symbols and troubleshoot hydraulic schematics<br />

List and explain abbreviations used when describing the equipment.<br />

Be aware of the improvements offered by NOV’s Product Information Bulletins (PIBs).<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course will cover the operations and functional design of the DC top drive’s components, systems, lubrication,<br />

maintenance, adjustment, troubleshooting techniques, ISO Hydraulic/pneumatic symbols and standard top drive<br />

hydraulic schematics.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

TDS 3S/H, 4S/H, 5H and 6S<br />

Drilling specifications<br />

Pipe handler<br />

Load bearing components<br />

Equipment operations<br />

Post jarring inspections<br />

Routine maintenance and inspection<br />

Basic hydraulics and troubleshooting<br />

Lubrication<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

March 26 - March 30 ....................... Singapore<br />

June 4 - June 8 ............................... Singapore<br />

July 9 - July 13 ................................ Singapore<br />

September 24 - September 28 ........ Singapore<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 107


TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - DC TDS AND AR3200 COMBINED MECHANICAL<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Maintenance personnel performing equipment maintenance, troubleshooting and interpretation of diagnostic data. All<br />

drilling personnel required to maintain, troubleshoot, and repair automated Iron Roughneck systems.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days -$3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

TDS Learning Objectives<br />

Distinguish the differences between each model<br />

Compare the components and uses of one particular<br />

model to the other<br />

List the procedures/sequences/processes needed to<br />

be taken when operating the DC top drive<br />

Evaluate and update existing maintenance<br />

schedules to fit the specified requirements<br />

Adjust the PH-60 TW manifold with minimal<br />

instructor assistance<br />

Recognize if a problem exists and when repairs are<br />

needed<br />

Identify hydraulic symbols and troubleshoot<br />

hydraulic schematics<br />

List and explain abbreviations used when describing<br />

the equipment.<br />

Be aware of the improvements offered by N.O.V.’s<br />

Product Information Bulletins (P.I.B.s).<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

TDS <strong>Course</strong> Description<br />

This three day course will cover the operations and<br />

functional design of the DC top drive’s components,<br />

systems, lubrication, maintenance, adjustment,<br />

troubleshooting techniques, ISO Hydraulic/pneumatic<br />

symbols and standard top drive hydraulic schematics.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

TDS <strong>Course</strong> Content<br />

TDS 3S/H, 4S/H, 5H and 6S<br />

Drilling specifications<br />

Pipe handler<br />

Load bearing components<br />

Equipment operations<br />

Post jarring inspections<br />

Routine maintenance and inspection<br />

Basic hydraulics and troubleshooting<br />

Lubrication<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

AR3200 Learning Objectives<br />

Identify, compare, and contrast different parts<br />

Perform an inspection, lubrication and adjustment<br />

Identify most common hydraulic symbols and state<br />

the flow path of hydraulic fluid in a given system<br />

Troubleshoot using hydraulic schematics<br />

AR3200 <strong>Course</strong> Description<br />

In this course, students will receive an overview of the<br />

hydraulic and mechanical ISO systems and symbols,<br />

including understanding hydraulic schematics. The students<br />

will also learn the functions of the mechanical systems and<br />

the correct lubrication schedule required to keep the<br />

equipment working properly. Mechanical troubleshooting<br />

and an overview of the electrical systems, sensors, and<br />

control functions will be included in this course.<br />

AR3200 <strong>Course</strong> Content<br />

Equipment overview<br />

Manual and automatic control station<br />

Sequenced operation<br />

Routine maintenance<br />

Operating mode problems<br />

Hydraulic symbols and schematics<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 9 - January 13 .......... Montrose, UK July 9 - July 13 ................................ Montrose, UK<br />

February 20 - February 24 ..... Montrose, UK August 6 - August 10 ....................... Montrose, UK<br />

March 19 - March 23 .............. Montrose, UK September 3 - September 7 ............ Montrose, UK<br />

April 30 - May 4 ....................... Montrose, UK October 29 - November 2 ................ Montrose, UK<br />

June 4 - June 8 ....................... Montrose, UK December 10 - December 14 .......... Montrose, UK<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 108


TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - HPS 500, 650, 750 AND 1000 MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All individuals responsible for the maintenance and inspection of the mechanical, electrical, and hydraulic systems on the<br />

HPS Top Drive.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

3 Days - $2,500<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Explain the purpose and specifications of the HPS Top Drive System<br />

Explain the function, purpose and interaction of the major components of the HPS Top Drive System<br />

Explain the purpose and basic operational functionality of the HPS Top Drive System<br />

Describe normal operations, local operating procedures, emergency controls and pre-start preparations for the<br />

HPS Top Drive System<br />

Describe required procedures to repair, maintain and lubricate the HPS Top Drive System<br />

Identify common hydraulic symbols and explain functions of the hydraulic systems used on the HPS Top Drive<br />

System<br />

Explain proper troubleshooting procedures for the HPS Top Drive System<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course is designed to train personnel in the operations, maintenance, and mechanical troubleshooting of the<br />

HPS Top Drive. This course is primarily a lecture course with no hands-on work covering the different models and<br />

tool setup for different applications. The students will receive an overview of the electrical and hydraulic symbols,<br />

components and systems using drawings and schematics. The course will cover components, the functions of the<br />

mechanical and control systems, and maintenance and lubrication schedules. This course will cover the HPS 02, 03<br />

and 04 models with 500, 650, 750 and 1000 load ratings.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Introduction<br />

Hydraulic Basics<br />

Models and Specifications<br />

Component Overview – HPS 03<br />

Component Overview – HPS 04<br />

Component Overview – HPS 02<br />

Operation<br />

Maintenance<br />

Corrections and Minor Repairs<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

February 18 - February 20 .............. Brazil<br />

February 19 - February 21 .............. Houston<br />

May 13 - May 15 ............................. Brazil<br />

March 25 - March 27 ....................... Houston<br />

May 28 - May 30 ............................. Houston<br />

July 15 - July 17 .............................. Brazil<br />

September 3 - September 5 ............ Houston<br />

October 14 - October 16 ................. Brazil<br />

December 2 - December 4 .............. Brazil<br />

This course is available upon request in Brazil, Singapore, mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 109


TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - PS SERIES MECHANICAL COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Maintenance personnel performing equipment maintenance, troubleshooting and interpretation of diagnostic data.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Distinguish the differences between each model<br />

Compare the components and uses of one particular model to the other<br />

Identify basic functions and major components of the top drive<br />

Explain the operation, maintenance and troubleshooting of the top drive<br />

Practice safety while working on and around top drives<br />

List the procedures/sequences/processes needed to be taken when operating the PS series top drive<br />

Evaluate and update existing maintenance schedules to fit the specified maintenance requirements<br />

Recognize if a problem exists and when repairs are needed<br />

Identify pneumatic and hydraulic symbols and troubleshoot pneumatic and hydraulic schematics<br />

List and explain abbreviations used when describing the equipment.<br />

Be aware of the improvements offered by N.O.V.’s Product Information Bulletins (P.I.B.s).<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course will cover proper maintenance, lubrication, NDT inspections, and troubleshooting procedures. Students<br />

will also be shown the results of improper maintenance actions. Both mechanical and electrical top drive systems are<br />

covered.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

PS 350, 500 and 2/750<br />

Drilling specifications<br />

Grab system<br />

Load bearing components<br />

Equipment operations<br />

Post jarring inspections<br />

Routine maintenance and inspection<br />

Basic pneumatic and hydraulics troubleshooting<br />

Lubrication<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available on request in Montrose (UK).<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 110


TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - PS SERIES MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All rig personnel responsible for the operation, maintenance and mechanical troubleshooting of all NOV (<strong>National</strong>) PS<br />

series top drives<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

4 days - $2,850<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify basic functions and major components of the top drive<br />

Explain the operation, maintenance and troubleshooting of the top drive<br />

Successfully teardown, inspect, and rebuild an air swivel ring, a conventional and mechanical seal wash pipe,<br />

and a Maximator and Teledyne pump<br />

Practice safety while working on and around top drives<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course will cover proper maintenance, lubrication, NDT inspections, and troubleshooting procedures. Students<br />

will also be shown the results of improper maintenance actions. Both mechanical and electrical top drive systems are<br />

covered. The course incorporates a section for hands -on breakdown and rebuild of several of the core<br />

subassemblies.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Introduction<br />

History and advantages<br />

Operation and maintenance<br />

Repair and rebuild subassemblies<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

January 28 - January 31 ................. Houston<br />

February 25 - February 28 ............. Houston<br />

March 4 - March 7 ........................... Brazil<br />

May 20 - May 23 ............................. Houston<br />

June 10 - June 13 ........................... Brazil<br />

August 12 - August 15 ..................... Brazil<br />

September 23 - September 26 ....... Houston<br />

November 11 - November 14 .......... Houston<br />

November 25 - November 28 .......... Brazil<br />

This course is available upon request in Singapore, mobile classroom (USA) or at a customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 111


TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - TDX-1000 MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

This course is designed for personnel that maintain and troubleshoot the TDX-1000 Top Drive System<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days - $3,350<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Obtain general knowledge about the equipment’s purpose, construction and manner of operation.<br />

Understand how to ensure safe and efficient operations of the equipment.<br />

Perform inspections, troubleshooting, maintenance and repairs as described in the user’s manual.<br />

Obtain a general understanding of equipment fluid power systems and troubleshooting.<br />

Perform practical activities to reinforce their theoretical knowledge.<br />

Explain the use of the machine’s lubrication chart<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

The student will learn operations and functional design of the AC TDX-1250 Top Drive, lubrication, maintenance,<br />

adjustment and troubleshooting techniques. The course will cover the system’s specific ISO hydraulic symbols. Basic<br />

troubleshooting is discussed in this course.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Introduction<br />

Equipment Data and Technical Description<br />

Equipment Operations<br />

General Maintenance<br />

Fluid Power<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

Hands-On Training<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available in Houston or at a customer’s facility upon request.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 112


TOP DRIVE SYSTEM - TDX-1250 MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

All rig personnel responsible for the operation, maintenance and mechanical troubleshooting of the TDX-1250<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

3 Days - $2,500<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Identify/compare and contrast the many parts of the TDX 1250<br />

Explain the operation of the TDX 1250 using the NOV drillers console and Amphion control system<br />

Explain the procedures for properly maintaining the top drive<br />

Given product manual, hand tools, and mechanical seal wash-pipe successfully teardown, inspect, and rebuild<br />

with minimal instructor assistance<br />

Using the lubrication circuit schematic properly identify flow path and parts<br />

Identify most common hydraulic symbols and state the flow path of hydraulic fluid in a given system using a<br />

schematic<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

The student will learn operations and functional design of the AC TDX-1250 Top Drive, lubrication, maintenance,<br />

adjustment and troubleshooting techniques. The course will cover the system’s specific ISO hydraulic symbols. Basic<br />

troubleshooting is discussed in this course.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Introduction<br />

Overview of equipment<br />

Equipment operation<br />

Routine Maintenance<br />

Hydraulics and troubleshooting<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

None<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

February 5 - February 7 .................. Houston<br />

May 28 - May 30 ............................. Houston<br />

July 9 - July 11 ................................ Houston<br />

November 19 - November 21 .......... Houston<br />

This course is available upon request in Houston and Singapore.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 113


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 114


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

<strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> Listings<br />

Rig Specific<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 115


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 116


MANAGEMENT COURSE<br />

KRS 1000: DRILLING EQUIPMENT<br />

KRS 1200: CRANES<br />

KRS 1300: WELL INTERVENTION SYSTEMS<br />

SVG 2000: DRILLING EQUIPMENT AND CYBERBASE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Target group is management or other personnel not directly involved with equipment operations or maintenance. The<br />

course is ideal for oil business employees who wish to know more about the equipment purchased for one specific rig<br />

or vessel.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

<strong>Course</strong> duration, price and scheduling upon request.<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES - Upon course completion, participants shall be able to:<br />

Explain the function and organization of NOV Aftermarket division, NOV Field Engineering and Operation Support<br />

Describe how to contact the different departments within NOV Aftermarket division<br />

Describe NOV’s equipment follow-up (internal tests, FAT, commissioning, OAT, upgrading)<br />

List the main purposes and Outline the technology of the eHawk remote support system<br />

Describe when and how to use the eHawk remote support system<br />

Outline NOV Tracker system in general and explain how to use Tracker<br />

Describe the organization- and function of NOV spare part department<br />

Exemplify how to utilize technical drawings and the Bill. Mat. List for identifying necessary spare part orderings<br />

Explain the master project list and Describe how to contact the Spare Parts Department<br />

Describe the main drilling equipment (range of application, function, interaction and system design)<br />

Distinguish between the various safety messages employed in NOV user manuals<br />

List and explain the safety measures by which hazards are reduced or eliminated during operation<br />

Describe how to emergency stop/restart the equipment and the consequences of this action<br />

Outline the various ways of controlling the equipment including the Anti Collision System (ACS) if applicable<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

The course is aimed at providing management with an overall knowledge about the NOV equipment purchased for a<br />

specific rig or vessel, the organizational structure of NOV and our service- and support systems. Participants will<br />

learn about the NOV Aftermarket Division and the Technical Support & Projects Department. They will also obtain<br />

general knowledge about the eHawk remote support system and Tracker, NOV’s web-based tool for tracking service<br />

requests from rigs. Finally, they will obtain general knowledge of the main equipment purchased for their specific rig<br />

or vessel in addition to learning how to utilize the NOV spare part system. There is no Final Test for the Management<br />

<strong>Course</strong>.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Subject 1.1 Technical Support & Projects System overview<br />

Subject 1.2 EHawk Parameters<br />

Subject 1.3 Tracker Software tools<br />

Subject 1.4 Spare Parts Maintenance<br />

Subject 1.5 NOV Equipment Overview<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

No particular experience is required.<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Kristiansand and Stavanger, Norway, or at other NOV Training<br />

locations/ customer’s facility upon request (*exclusive meeting key personnel in person).<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 117


OPERATORS COURSE<br />

KRS 1010: DRILLING EQUIPMENT<br />

KRS 1310: WELL INTERVENTION EQUIPMENT/ SYSTEMS<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Target group is the Operators of Drilling Equipment and Well Intervention Systems.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

<strong>Course</strong> duration, price and scheduling upon request.<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

TYPES OF EQUIPMENT<br />

A customer may request a complete, tailor-made training package on several types of equipment and/ or systems.<br />

Then, the courses will be presented sequentially – all in one sitting - which will reduce customer’s travel costs and<br />

time away from work. NOV Training offers courses on all types of equipment purchased, but below are the most<br />

common training courses conducted:<br />

Drilling Equipment:<br />

Hydralift Portable Top Drive (HPT)<br />

Hydraulic Power Swivel (HPS)<br />

Hydra Tong (HT)<br />

Hydra Racker (HR)<br />

Horizontal to Vertical Machine (HTV Machine)<br />

Stabbing Basket<br />

V- Door Machine<br />

Catwalk Machine (CWM)<br />

Lifting System<br />

Cathead<br />

Man Rider Winch<br />

Bridge Racker<br />

Elevated Backup Tong (EBT)<br />

Drillfloor Manipulator Arm (DFMA)<br />

Floor Monkey<br />

Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU)<br />

Well Intervention Euipment:<br />

Winches with electrical control system<br />

Coil Tubing Tensioner<br />

Module Guide Arm<br />

Main Winch (AHC/ HPU)<br />

Compensated Wire Line Cylinder<br />

Lower and upper Cursor Frame<br />

Wire Line Riser Tensioner<br />

APV and Compressors<br />

DFMA<br />

Moon Pool Door<br />

(Catwalk)<br />

Cathead<br />

Wire line riser tensioner<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES - Upon course completion, participants shall be able to:<br />

Describe the equipment in general terms (main data, range of application & function)<br />

Outline the assembly and Explain the system design of the equipment<br />

Utilize the Rig/vessel layout and explain the interaction of the drilling equipment<br />

List and explain the safety aspects of the equipment<br />

Explain Normal start/stop, emergency stop/ restart and emergency lowering procedures<br />

Explain the use of controls and the functionality of relevant screen displays<br />

Explain the operation modes and sequences of the equipment<br />

Explain the most important alarms in the Alarm List (“cause” and “check”)<br />

Explain the various safety aspects/ precautions related to operation<br />

Demonstrate how to utilize the information given in diagrams and drawings<br />

Demonstrate ability to utilize the User’s Manual, the fault finding table and/ or the troubleshooting guide<br />

Summarize information given in applicable Product Information Bulletins and/or Service Reports<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

The course will provide learners with sufficient technical knowledge to operate the on-board equipment (as listed in<br />

the assembled course curriculum for onboard equipment) in a correct, safe and efficient manner. Participants will<br />

learn about the equipment’s intention, construction and manner of operation, including system design (i.e. hydraulic,<br />

electrical, mechanical, control system). The course also focuses on the interaction of the equipment on a specific rig/<br />

vessel (System integration) and during the whole course, NOV User Manuals will be utilized to locate pertinent<br />

information. Furthermore, participants will learn how to utilize the NOV spare part system and what to do if Technical<br />

Support/ Service is needed.<br />

In order to further enhance learner’s level of theoretical knowledge and transfer this knowledge into practical skills, a<br />

large proportion of the Equipment <strong>Course</strong> for Operators is conducted in NOV’s Simulator Training Center. NOV’s<br />

full-scale authentic Cyberbase® system with an 180˚degree 3D- simulator doom visualizes drill floor with equipment<br />

and/or seabed operations, and the training enables learners to operate equipment according to best practices and<br />

procedures. Participants will be able to solve problems that may occur on a rig during operation. The course has a<br />

final test and a course certificate will be issued if the final test is satisfactory.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 118


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Subject 1.1 NOV Equipment Overview & System Integration<br />

Subject 2.1 Main Data and Technical Description<br />

Subject 2.2 Operating Instructions<br />

Subject 2.3 Maintenance Instructions<br />

Subject 3.1 Hands-on Training Offerings (See Initial Section of <strong>Catalog</strong>)<br />

1. Hydraulic Training Centre<br />

2. *NOV Simulator Training Centre<br />

3. Field Trip – NOV Workshop and Test Facility (Drilling Equipment)<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

Before attending the course, each participant should have relevant experience.<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

These courses are available upon request in Kristiansand, Norway and other NOV Training locations with drill<br />

floor simulator (or at customer’s facility– exclusive hands-on training).<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 119


CYBERBASE & DRILLING EQUIPMENT/ SYSTEMS: SVG 2010<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Target group for this course is Rig-/ vessel drill crew.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

<strong>Course</strong> duration, price and scheduling upon request.<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

TYPES OF EQUIPMENT/ SYSTEMS COVERED<br />

A customer may request a complete, tailor-made training package on several types of equipment and/ or systems.<br />

Then, the courses will be presented sequentially – all in one sitting - which will reduce customer’s travel costs and<br />

time away from work. NOV Training offers courses on all types of equipment purchased, but below are the most<br />

common drilling equipment/ system courses conducted in Stavanger, Norway:<br />

EQUIPMENT MODULES:<br />

DW (Drawworks)<br />

DW SSGD 200-1000<br />

DW AHD 500/ 750/ 1000<br />

DW D3000 AC<br />

DW Electrohoist<br />

Star Racker (HITEC)<br />

Driller‘s Cabin<br />

Cyberbase Chair<br />

HVAC (Heat/Ventilation/Air Conditioning)<br />

SYSTEM MODULES:<br />

DCDA HMI (Drilling Control and Data Acquisition &<br />

Human Machine Interface)<br />

CCTV (Closed Circuit Television)<br />

General Machine Control<br />

Keypads<br />

Screens<br />

Alarm System<br />

SDI (Smart Drilling Instrumentation)<br />

DFR (Drilling Flight Recorder)<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES FOR EQUIPMENT<br />

Upon course completion, participants shall be able to:<br />

Describe the machine in general terms (range of<br />

application & function)<br />

Summarize the main data and give a brief<br />

description of the machine’s components<br />

Outline the term “Heave Compensation” [HC] in<br />

general and the integration of HC in applicable<br />

equipment<br />

Outline what to do if Technical Support/ Service is<br />

needed and how to order spare parts from NOV<br />

Explain how NOV manuals are categorized and<br />

the various safety aspects/ -precautions related to<br />

maintenance and troubleshooting<br />

Summarize information given in Product<br />

Information Bulletins and Service Reports<br />

List several types of maintenance and repairs<br />

which shall specifically not be carried out by user<br />

without approval and instructions from supplier‘s<br />

service department<br />

Roughneck IR (HITEC)<br />

V-Door (HITEC)<br />

Conveyor (HITEC)<br />

DFT (Drilling Fluid Technology)<br />

Man Rider Winch<br />

Mud Pumps<br />

HEX Pump<br />

Drilling Simulator (Operational practice on a virtual<br />

reality rig floor simulator)<br />

DCI (Drilling Control Interface)<br />

AC (Anti Collision)<br />

MP (Mud Pumps)<br />

Slips<br />

RT (Rotary Table)<br />

E-Stop<br />

BX Elevator<br />

Slips PS 21<br />

Spider Elevator<br />

Explain the importance of the machine’s routine<br />

inspections<br />

Explain the control system and utilize the<br />

message display for troubleshooting and initiation<br />

of maintenance<br />

List and Explain the various safety aspects/<br />

precautions related to operation<br />

Navigate screen displays and list their main<br />

functionalities<br />

Explain the use of controls and operation modes<br />

for the machine (Incl. test exception modes)<br />

Demonstrate how to interpret system feedback<br />

and how to setup the machine<br />

Describe the control system of the equipment<br />

(specifically the term Cyberbase operation)<br />

Describe the normal start/ stop procedures and<br />

emergency stop/ restart procedures of the<br />

machine<br />

Explain the emergency lowering procedures for<br />

the machine<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 120


LEARNING OBJECTIVES FOR SYSTEMS<br />

Upon course completion, participants shall be able to:<br />

Describe the system in general terms and<br />

summarize the main data (range of application &<br />

function)<br />

Give a brief description of the main software<br />

modules and hardware components of the system<br />

Navigate screen displays and list their main<br />

functionalities and the optional-/ utility functions of<br />

the system<br />

List and explain the various safety aspects/<br />

precautions related to operation<br />

Explain the functionalities on system relevant<br />

operator displays<br />

Initiate the top level setup parameters of the<br />

system and demonstrate how to customize the<br />

system<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

Demonstrate how to operate the various input<br />

devices and identify the system screen displays<br />

Demonstrate how to interpret system feedback<br />

Explain the basic design and functionality of main<br />

hardware components<br />

Explain when to use administrative functionalities<br />

Work as a team and communicate during different<br />

operations<br />

Identify various displays and commands and<br />

customize the machines and systems for different<br />

operations<br />

Control machines and equipment correctly and<br />

utilize safety systems<br />

Troubleshoot based on system feedback<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

The course will provide learners with sufficient technical knowledge to operate the equipment/ system in a correct,<br />

safe and efficient manner. Participants will learn about the equipment’s intention, construction and manner of<br />

operation, including system design/ system integration/ system operation (i.e. hydraulic, electrical, mechanical,<br />

control system). During the whole course, NOV User Manuals will be utilized to locate pertinent information, and<br />

participants will learn how to utilize the NOV spare part system and what to do if Technical Support/ Service is<br />

needed.<br />

In order to further enhance learner’s level of theoretical knowledge and transfer this knowledge into practical skills, a<br />

large proportion of the Equipment <strong>Course</strong> for Operators is conducted in NOV’s Simulator Training Center. NOV’s<br />

full-scale authentic Cyberbase® system with an 180˚degree 3D- simulator doom visualizes drill floor with equipment<br />

and/or seabed operations, and the training enables learners to operate equipment according to best practices and<br />

procedures. In the simulator, an expert instructor is able to demonstrate scenarios that rarely are possible to test in<br />

real life. Participants will be able to solve problems that may occur on a rig during operation.<br />

The course has a final test and a course certificate will be issued if the final test is satisfactory.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Subject 1.1 - Main Data and Technical Description<br />

Subject 1.2 - Maintenance Instructions (if applicable)<br />

Subject 1.3 - Operating Instructions<br />

Subject 2.1 – Hands-on Training with Simulator or Training Equipment<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

Before attending the course, each participant should have a basic understanding of drilling processes.<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

These courses are available upon request in Stavanger, Norway (and other NOV Training locations with drill floor<br />

simulator/necessary hardware).<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 121


DRILLING FLUID TECHNOLOGY OPERATORS COURSE (DFT): ASK 4010<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Target group for this course are Operators (minimum 1 participant / maximum 8 participants)<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

<strong>Course</strong> duration, price and scheduling upon request.<br />

TYPES OF EQUIPMENT COVERED<br />

NOV Training offers courses on all types of equipment purchased – Operator course conducted in Stavanger,<br />

Norway:<br />

Mud Mixing System<br />

Sack Cutting Unit<br />

Screw Conveyor<br />

Hopper /Mixer<br />

Lifting Table<br />

Vacuum Lifter<br />

Surge Tank Feeder<br />

Big Bag Empting Unit<br />

Liquid Additive Unit<br />

High Rate Mixer<br />

HP Shear Unit<br />

Caustic Mixer Unit<br />

Density Transmitter<br />

Bulk Tank System<br />

Bulk Tank<br />

Surge Tank<br />

Dust Cyclone & Collector<br />

Rock Catcher<br />

Pipe Spools<br />

Bulk System Valves<br />

Bulk System Instrumentation<br />

Pressure Reducing Station<br />

Sampling Unit<br />

Loading Hoses<br />

Mud Control System<br />

General Mud Control System<br />

Local Control Panel<br />

Choke & Kill Manifold<br />

Choke & Kill Manifold<br />

Choke & Kill Control System<br />

Mud Standpipe Manifold<br />

Cement Manifold<br />

Mud Gas Separator<br />

Drilling Hoses<br />

Mud Manifold<br />

Mud Treatment System<br />

LP Mud Pump<br />

Shale Shaker<br />

Agitator<br />

Cuttings Screw Conveyor<br />

Centrifuge<br />

Tank Washing System<br />

Cutting Re-Injection<br />

De Gasser<br />

Mud Cyclone<br />

Mud Sampler<br />

Tank Cleaning System<br />

High Pressure Pump<br />

Offshore Loading System<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

<strong>Course</strong> participants/ operators shall after successful completion of this course be able to:<br />

Explain how to ensure safe and efficient operation of systems, machines and equipment<br />

Explain the safety aspects/ -precautions related to maintenance and troubleshooting<br />

List and explain the safety aspects of the systems, machines and equipments while in operation<br />

Explain main data and technical details of the systems, machines and equipments<br />

Describe the vessel-/rig specific control system and the interaction of such<br />

Explain how to utilize NOV User Manuals to locate pertinent information<br />

Outline system’s intention, construction and manner of operation<br />

Describe how to carry out the necessary inspections prior to operating the equipment<br />

Use the system to detect abnormalities and initiate inspections, trouble shooting, initiate maintenance and<br />

repairs.<br />

Demonstrate operational skills by practical training in a drilling simulator or other hands-on equipment<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

The course consists of theoretical classroom training. All relevant screens will be described in detail during the<br />

course.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Safety aspects/ -precautions<br />

Main Data DFT<br />

Technical Description<br />

DFT Operation<br />

DFT Control System and system interaction<br />

User’s Manual Utilization<br />

DFT Inspections, faultfinding, troubleshooting, maintenance and repairs<br />

Simulator Training or other hands-on equipment<br />

PREREQUISITES<br />

Fluid operators.<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Stavanger, Norway, or at other NOV Training locations/ customer’s<br />

facility upon request.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 122


CRANE OPERATOR COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

KRS 1210: PIPE HANDLING CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM)<br />

KRS 1211: OFFSHORE CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM)<br />

KRS 1212: ACTIVE HEAVE COMPENSATED (AHC) SUBSEA CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM)<br />

KRS 1213: RISER GANTRY CRANE<br />

KRS 1214: SINGLE BOOM CRANE<br />

KRS 1215: TELESCOPE BOOM CRANE<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Target group for this course is Crane Operators.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

<strong>Course</strong> duration, price and scheduling upon request.<br />

TYPES OF EQUIPMENT<br />

A customer may request a complete, tailor-made training package on several types of equipment and/ or systems.<br />

Then, the courses will be presented sequentially – all in one sitting - which will reduce customer’s travel costs and<br />

time away from work. NOV Training offers courses on all types of cranes purchased, but below are the most common<br />

crane courses conducted in Kristiansand, Norway:<br />

1. Knuckle Boom Cranes<br />

Pipe Handling Cranes<br />

Offshore Cranes<br />

Active Heave Compensated (AHC) Sub Sea<br />

cranes<br />

2. Riser Gantry Cranes<br />

3. Single Boom Cranes<br />

4. Telescope Boom Cranes<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES - Upon course completion, participants shall be able to:<br />

Describe the equipment in general terms (main data, range of application & function)<br />

Outline the assembly and explain the system design of the equipment<br />

Utilize the Rig/vessel layout and explain the interaction of the drilling equipment<br />

List and explain the safety aspects of the equipment<br />

Explain normal start/stop, emergency stop/ restart and emergency lowering procedures<br />

Explain the use of controls and the functionality of relevant screen displays<br />

Explain the operation modes and sequences of the equipment<br />

Explain the most important alarms in the Alarm List (“cause” and “check”)<br />

Demonstrate ability to utilize the Load Chart<br />

Explain the various safety aspects/ precautions related to operation<br />

Demonstrate how to utilize the information given in diagrams and drawings<br />

Explain the equipment’s routine inspections and maintenance procedures<br />

Demonstrate ability to utilize the User’s Manual, the fault finding table and/ or the troubleshooting guide<br />

Summarize information given in applicable Product Information Bulletins and/or Service Reports<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

The course will provide learners with sufficient technical knowledge to operate the crane in a correct, safe and<br />

efficient manner. Participants will learn about the equipment’s intention, construction and manner of operation,<br />

including system design and system integration (i.e. hydraulic, electrical, mechanical, control system). NOV User<br />

Manuals will be utilized to locate pertinent information during the whole course and participants will learn how to order<br />

spare parts and what to do if Technical Support/ Service is needed.<br />

NOV Crane Emulator Training: The Crane Model Emulator is a training device containing hardware and software<br />

used on the actual equipment. The emulator is supported by a down scaled NOV Knuckle Boom Offshore Crane<br />

Model.<br />

NOV Active Heave Compensation (AHC) Crane Training Station: The AHC Crane Training Station is a training<br />

device for practice on all Sub Sea Crane operation modes. Practicing on equipment containing authentic NOV PLC<br />

programs enables participants to further enhance their level of theoretical knowledge as well as transferring this<br />

knowledge into practical skills. The Training Station Includes NOV AHC Crane Control System, crane Control Cabinet<br />

with Siemens Step 7 PLC, PLC with authentic control software for a typical NOV AHC Crane, a fully functional<br />

Siemens Touch Panel and a fully functional AHC operator control panel, including a winch controlling joystick. The<br />

course has a final test and a course certificate will be issued if the final test is satisfactory.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 123


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Subject 1.1 NOV Equipment Overview & System Integration<br />

Subject 1.2 NOV User Manuals/ Smartbook Subject<br />

Subject 2.1 Main Data and Technical Description<br />

Subject 2.2 Operating Instructions<br />

Subject 2.3 Maintenance Instructions<br />

Subject 3.1 Hands-on Training Offerings available (See Initial Section of <strong>Catalog</strong>)<br />

1. Hydraulic Training Centre<br />

2. NOV Active Heave Compensation (AHC) Crane Training Station<br />

3. NOV Crane Emulator Training<br />

4. Field Trip – NOV Workshop and Test Facility (AHC Cranes)<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

Before attending the course, each participant should have relevant experience.<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

These courses are available upon request in Kristiansand, Norway, or at other NOV Training locations/<br />

customer’s facility upon request (*exclusive hands-on training).<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 124


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

LATTICE BOOM OFFSHORE CRANE COURSE, OPERATORS TRAINING ON SITE: MOL 3004<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Target groups for this Lattice Boom Offshore Crane course are crane operators (minimum 1 participant / maximum 8<br />

participants)<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

1 Day or Upon Customer Request / Price and scheduling upon request<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

<strong>Course</strong> participants shall after successful completion of this course:<br />

Familiarized with check out routines.<br />

Familiarized with operator functions<br />

Familiarized with emergency functions<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

The course will consist of review of crane equipment on site. This course is recommended as a follow up for<br />

operators after completed the basic course.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Guided tour onboard the crane with instructor – main focus on:<br />

Correct use of daily check list<br />

Loading indicator<br />

Operation limits<br />

Emergency functions<br />

Overload protection<br />

Re-reeving<br />

PREREQUISITES<br />

No prerequisites<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available in Molde, Norway, or upon request at the customer’s facility.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 125


OFFSHORE CRANE COURSE: MOL 3007<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Target group for this course are future G5-certified Offshore Crane Operators (minimum 3 participant / maximum 8<br />

participants)<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 Days or Upon Customer Request / Price and scheduling upon request<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

Certified Safety Training according to Module O-2.1: Theoretical part - Offshore Cranes, followed by a theoretical<br />

exam.<br />

The purpose of the training is to provide future crane operators with good basic theoretical offshore crane training.<br />

The training will give the students a good insight to the principles of offshore construction, mode of operation,<br />

maintenance and use, in order to avoid incidents and accidents during lifting operations.<br />

The training covers the theoretical safety training required for G5-Offshore crane, as well as G20 Stationary<br />

(offshore) hydraulic crane.<br />

The training is concluded with a written theoretical exam.<br />

The basis for issuing the Offshore Crane Operator Certificate: Trained personnel must pass<br />

The theoretical exam<br />

The exam for Connecting / Disconnecting Loads<br />

A Practical Offshore Crane Operation Test<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Safety training for G5-Offshore Crane and G20 Stationary (offshore) Hydraulic Crane<br />

Principles of offshore construction<br />

Mode of operation<br />

Maintenance and use<br />

How to avoid incidents and accidents during lifting operations<br />

PREREQUISITES<br />

Participants must have passed the “G11 - Connecting and Disconnecting Loads/ Containers / Straps <strong>Course</strong>” -<br />

Module O-1.1 (Straps <strong>Course</strong> with Final Theoretical Exam).<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Molde, Norway (or at a customer’s facility).<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 126


RISER PULL-IN WINCH COURSE: MOL 3006<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Target group for this Lattice Boom Offshore Crane course are Winch Operators (minimum 1 participant / maximum 8<br />

participants)<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

1 Day or Upon Customer Request / Price and scheduling upon request<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

<strong>Course</strong> participants shall after successful completion of this course:<br />

Familiarized with check out routines.<br />

Familiarized with operator functions<br />

Familiarized with emergency functions<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

An introductory course focusing on the structure, function and correct maintenance procedures for the NOV Riser<br />

Pull-in Winch systems. The course will consist of theoretical classroom training or hands-on training on site.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Winch Structure<br />

Winch Function<br />

Winch Maintenance Procedures<br />

PREREQUISITES<br />

Relevant knowledge of the equipment is required.<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Molde, Norway (or at a customer’s facility).<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 127


HYDRAULIC/ MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />

KRS 1030: DRILLING EQUIPMENT<br />

KRS 1330: WELL INTERVENTION EQUIPMENT/ SYSTEMS<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Target groups for the Hydraulic/ Mechanical Maintenance course are Maintenance personnel for Drilling Equipment<br />

and Well Intervention Systems.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

<strong>Course</strong> duration upon request / Price and scheduling upon request<br />

TYPES OF EQUIPMENT COVERED<br />

A customer may request a complete, tailor-made training package on several types of equipment and/or systems.<br />

Then, the courses will be presented sequentially – all in one sitting - which will reduce customer’s travel costs and<br />

time away from work. NOV Training offers courses on all types of equipment, but below are the most common<br />

maintenance courses conducted in Kristiansand, Norway:<br />

Drilling Equipment:<br />

Hydralift Portable Top Drive (HPT)<br />

Hydralift Power Swivel (HPS)<br />

Hydra Tong (HT)<br />

Hydra Racker (HR)<br />

Horizontal to Vertical Machine (HTV Machine)<br />

Stabbing Basket<br />

V- Door Machine<br />

Catwalk Machine (CWM)<br />

Lifting System<br />

Cathead<br />

Man Rider Winch<br />

Bridge Racker<br />

Elevated Backup Tong (EBT)<br />

Drillfloor Manipulator Arm (DFMA)<br />

Floor Monkey<br />

Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU)<br />

Well Intervention Euipment:<br />

Winches with electrical control system<br />

Coil Tubing Tensioner<br />

Module Guide Arm<br />

Main Winch (AHC/ HPU)<br />

Compensated Wire Line Cylinder<br />

Lower and upper Cursor Frame<br />

Wire Line Riser Tensioner<br />

APV and Compressors<br />

DFMA<br />

Moon Pool Door<br />

Catwalk<br />

Cathead<br />

Wire Line Riser Tensioner<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Upon course completion, participants shall be able to:<br />

Describe the equipment in general terms (main data, range of application & function)<br />

Outline the assembly of the equipment<br />

Explain the system design of the equipment (i.e. hydraulic, electrical, mechanical, control system)<br />

Utilize the Rig/vessel layout and explain the interaction of the drilling equipment<br />

Explain the various safety aspects/ precautions related to maintenance<br />

Describe the start/ stop- and emergency stop/ restart and emergency lowering procedures<br />

Explain the use of controls and screen displays needed to perform maintenance on the equipment<br />

Demonstrate how to utilize the information given in course particular diagrams and drawings (particular focus on<br />

hydraulic schematics)<br />

Explain the equipment’s routine inspections and maintenance procedures<br />

Explain the use of the equipment’s lubrication chart<br />

Explain the use of the equipment’s fault finding table and troubleshooting guide (if applicable) in case of<br />

malfunction<br />

Summarize information given in Product Information Bulletins and Service Reports (if applicable)<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

During the course, course participants will obtain sufficient technical knowledge to perform maintenance and solve<br />

unforeseen occurrences on the on-board equipment (as listed in the assembled course curriculum for onboard<br />

equipment). They will learn about system design, the equipment’s intention, construction and manner of operation in<br />

order to be able to perform inspections, trouble shooting, maintenance and repairs in a correct, efficient and safe<br />

manner and as described in the user manual.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 128


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

During the course, participants will practice on authentic NOV equipment in our Hydraulic Training Center<br />

encompassing full-scale authentic drilling equipment. The training centre equipment comprises a Hydraulic Power<br />

Unit (HPU), a HydraTong and a Stabbing Basket, incl. various system components (gear, valves, pumps,<br />

accumulators etc), tools and diagnostic instruments. Learners will be trained in solving real-life situations that may<br />

occur on a rig in operation, and hence they will be better prepared to fault find, troubleshoot and maintain the onboard<br />

machines in a safe and efficient manner. This practice further enhances participants’ level of theoretical<br />

knowledge and transfers their knowledge into practical skills.<br />

The course has a final test and a course certificate will be issued if the final test is satisfactory.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Subject 1.1 NOV Equipment Overview & System Integration<br />

Subject 1.2 NOV User Manuals/ Smartbook<br />

Subject 2.1 Main Data and Technical Description<br />

Subject 2.2 Operating Instructions<br />

Subject 2.3 Maintenance Instructions<br />

Subject 3.1 Hands-on Training Offerings available (See Initial Section of <strong>Catalog</strong> for detailed descriptions)<br />

1. *Hydraulic Training Centre<br />

2. NOV Simulator Training Centre<br />

3. Field Trip – NOV Workshop and Test Facility (Drilling Equipment and AHC Cranes)<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

Before attending the course, each participant should have relevant experience.<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

These courses are available upon request in Norway, Kristiansand, or at other NOV Training locations/<br />

customer’s facility upon request (*exclusive hands-on training).<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 129


DRILLING EQUIPMENT COURSE: SVG 2030<br />

AUDIENCE:<br />

Target groups for the Hydraulic/ Mechanical Maintenance course are Rig/ vessel Drill Crew.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

<strong>Course</strong> duration upon request / Price and scheduling upon request<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

TYPES OF EQUIPMENT COVERED<br />

A customer may request a complete, tailor-made training package on several types of equipment and/ or systems. Then, the<br />

courses will be presented sequentially – all in one sitting - which will reduce customer’s travel costs and time away from<br />

work. NOV Training offers courses on all types of equipment purchased, but below are the most common drilling equipment<br />

courses conducted in Stavanger, Norway:<br />

DW (Drawworks)<br />

DW SSGD 200-1000<br />

DW AHD 500/ 750/ 1000<br />

DW D3000 AC<br />

DW Electrohoist<br />

Star Racker (HITEC)<br />

Driller‘s Cabin<br />

Cyberbase Chair<br />

HVAC (Heat/Ventilation/Air Conditioning)<br />

Roughneck IR (HITEC)<br />

V-Door (HITEC)<br />

Conveyor (HITEC)<br />

DFT (Drilling Fluid Technology)<br />

Man Rider Winch<br />

Mud Pumps<br />

HEX Pump<br />

BX-Elevator<br />

Power Slips PS-21 & 30<br />

Drilling Simulator (Operational practice on a virtual<br />

reality rig floor simulator)<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES - Upon course completion, participants shall be able to:<br />

Describe the equipment in general terms (main data, range of application & function)<br />

Outline the assembly of the equipment<br />

Explain the system design of the equipment (i.e. hydraulic, electrical, mechanical, control system)<br />

Utilize the Rig/vessel layout and explain the interaction of the drilling equipment<br />

Explain the various safety aspects/ precautions related to maintenance<br />

Describe the start/ stop- and emergency stop/ restart and emergency lowering procedures<br />

Explain the use of controls and screen displays needed to perform maintenance on the equipment<br />

Demonstrate how to utilize the information given in course particular diagrams and drawings (particular focus on<br />

hydraulic schematics)<br />

Explain the equipment’s routine inspections and maintenance procedures<br />

Explain the use of the equipment’s lubrication chart<br />

Explain the use of the equipment’s fault finding table and troubleshooting guide (if applicable) in case of malfunction<br />

Summarize information given in Product Information Bulletins and Service Reports (if applicable)<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

During the course, course participants will obtain sufficient technical knowledge to perform maintenance and solve<br />

unforeseen occurrences on the equipment (as listed in the assembled course curriculum for onboard equipment). They will<br />

learn about system design, the equipment’s intention, construction and manner of operation in order to be able to perform<br />

inspections, trouble shooting, maintenance and repairs in a correct, efficient and safe manner and as described in the user<br />

manual.<br />

During the course, participants shall obtain a better understanding of the machine by utilizing training simulator. In the<br />

simulator, they will demonstrate ability to describe how the machine is operated on the rig, describe the function of<br />

crown/floor saver and describe the brake test. This practice further enhances participants’ level of theoretical knowledge and<br />

transfers their knowledge into practical skills. The course has a final test and a course certificate will be issued if the final<br />

test is satisfactory.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Subject 1.1 – Main Data and Technical Description<br />

Subject 1.2 – Maintenance Instructions<br />

Subject 1.3 – Operating Instructions<br />

Subject 2.1 – Hands-on Training with Simulator<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

Before attending the course, each participant should have a basic understanding of drilling processes.<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

These courses are available upon request in Stavanger, Norway, or at other NOV Training locations/ customer’s<br />

facility upon request (*exclusive hands-on training).<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 130


DRILLING FLUID TECHNOLOGY MAINTENANCE COURSE (DFT): ASK 4030<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Target group for this course are: Technical Section Leader (Chief Engineer), Senior Drilling Equipment Engineer<br />

(Technical Section Leader), Drilling Equipment Engineer (Assistant Technical Section Leader), Drilling Equipment<br />

Mechanic (Rig Mechanic/ Mechanic) - Minimum 1 participant / maximum 8 participants.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

Upon Customer Request / Price and scheduling upon request<br />

TYPES OF EQUIPMENT COVERED<br />

A customer may request a complete, tailor-made training package on several types of equipment and/ or systems.<br />

Then, the courses will be presented sequentially – all in one sitting - which will reduce customer’s travel costs and<br />

time away from work. NOV Training offers courses on all types of equipment purchased – Mechanical Maintenance<br />

course conducted in Stavanger, Norway:<br />

Mud Mixing System<br />

Sack Cutting Unit<br />

Screw Conveyor<br />

Hopper /Mixer<br />

Lifting Table<br />

Vacuum Lifter<br />

Surge Tank Feeder<br />

Big Bag Empting Unit<br />

Liquid Additive Unit<br />

High Rate Mixer<br />

HP Shear Unit<br />

Caustic Mixer Unit<br />

Density Transmitter<br />

Bulk Tank System<br />

Bulk Tank<br />

Surge Tank<br />

Dust Cyclone & Collector<br />

Rock Catcher<br />

Pipe Spools<br />

Bulk System Valves<br />

Bulk System Instrumentation<br />

Pressure Reducing Station<br />

Sampling Unit<br />

Loading Hoses<br />

Mud Control System<br />

General Mud Control System<br />

Local Control Panel<br />

Choke & Kill Manifold<br />

Choke & Kill Manifold<br />

Choke & Kill Control System<br />

Mud Standpipe Manifold<br />

Cement Manifold<br />

Mud Gas Separator<br />

Drilling Hoses<br />

Mud Manifold<br />

Mud Treatment System<br />

LP Mud Pump<br />

Shale Shaker<br />

Agitator<br />

Cuttings Screw Conveyor<br />

Centrifuge<br />

Tank Washing System<br />

Cutting Re-Injection<br />

De Gasser<br />

Mud Cyclone<br />

Mud Sampler<br />

Tank Cleaning System<br />

High Pressure Pump<br />

Offshore Loading<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

The maintenance personnel shall after successful completion of this course:<br />

Explain how to ensure safe and efficient operation of systems, machines and equipment<br />

Explain the safety aspects/ -precautions related to maintenance and troubleshooting<br />

List and explain the safety aspects of the systems, machines and equipments while in operation<br />

Explain main data and technical details of the systems, machines and equipments<br />

Explain how to detect abnormalities and perform inspections, trouble shooting, maintenance and repairs<br />

Utilize NOV mechanical/hydraulic drawings in connection with fault finding<br />

Utilize the NOV manuals to locate pertinent information<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

The course consists of theoretical classroom training.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Safety - DFT Operation<br />

Safety - DFT Maintenance and Troubleshooting<br />

Main Data<br />

DFT Assembly and Technical Description<br />

Control System and System Interaction<br />

Inspections, trouble shooting, maintenance and repairs<br />

Drawings and Fault Finding<br />

DFT Users Manual<br />

PREREQUISITES<br />

Hydraulic / Mechanical background<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Stavanger, Norway or at other NOV Training locations/ customer’s<br />

facility upon request.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 131


CRANE MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

KRS 1230: PIPE HANDLING CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM)<br />

KRS 1231: OFFSHORE CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM)<br />

KRS 1232: ACTIVE HEAVE COMPENSATED (AHC) SUBSEA CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM)<br />

KRS 1233: RISER GANTRY CRANE<br />

KRS 1234: SINGLE BOOM CRANE<br />

KRS 1235: TELESCOPE BOOM CRANE<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Target groups for the Hydraulic/ Mechanical Maintenance course are Crane Maintenance personnel.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

<strong>Course</strong> duration upon request / Price and scheduling upon request<br />

TYPES OF EQUIPMENT<br />

A customer may request a complete, tailor-made training package on several types of equipment and/ or systems.<br />

Then, the courses will be presented sequentially – all in one sitting - which will reduce customer’s travel costs and<br />

time away from work. NOV Training offers courses on all types of equipment purchased, but below are the most<br />

common crane courses conducted in Kristiansand, Norway:<br />

1. Knuckle Boom Cranes<br />

Pipe Handling Cranes<br />

Offshore Cranes<br />

Active Heave Compensated (AHC) Sub Sea<br />

cranes<br />

2. Riser Gantry Cranes<br />

3. Single Boom Cranes<br />

4. Telescope Boom Cranes<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES - Upon course completion, participants shall be able to:<br />

Describe the equipment in general terms (main data, range of application & function)<br />

Outline the assembly of the equipment<br />

Explain the system design of the equipment (i.e. hydraulic, electrical, mechanical, control system)<br />

Utilize the Rig/vessel layout and explain the interaction of the drilling equipment<br />

Explain the various safety aspects/ precautions related to maintenance<br />

Describe the start/ stop- and emergency stop/ restart and emergency lowering procedures<br />

Explain the use of controls and screen displays needed to perform maintenance on the equipment<br />

Demonstrate how to utilize the information given in course particular diagrams and drawings (particular focus on<br />

hydraulic schematics)<br />

Explain the equipment’s routine inspections and maintenance procedures<br />

Explain the use of the equipment’s lubrication chart<br />

Explain the use of the equipment’s fault finding table and troubleshooting guide in case of malfunction (if applicable)<br />

Summarize information given in Product Information Bulletins and Service Reports (if applicable)<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

During the course, course participants will obtain sufficient technical knowledge to perform maintenance and solve<br />

unforeseen occurrences on the onboard crane(s). They will learn about system design, the equipment’s intention,<br />

construction and manner of operation in order to be able to perform inspections, trouble shooting, maintenance and<br />

repairs in a correct, efficient and safe manner and as described in the user manual. Our hands-on training offerings<br />

will further enhance the level of theoretical knowledge and transfer this knowledge into practical skills.<br />

NOV Crane Emulator Training: The Crane Model Emulator is a training device containing hardware and software<br />

used on the actual equipment. The emulator is supported by a down scaled NOV Knuckle Boom Offshore Crane<br />

Model.<br />

NOV Active Heave Compensation (AHC) Crane Training Station: The AHC Crane Training Station is a training<br />

device for practice on all Sub Sea Crane operation modes. Practicing on equipment containing authentic NOV PLC<br />

programs enables participants to further enhance their level of theoretical knowledge as well as transferring this<br />

knowledge into practical skills. The Training Station Includes NOV AHC Crane Control System, crane Control Cabinet<br />

with Siemens Step 7 PLC, PLC with authentic control software for a typical NOV AHC Crane, a fully functional<br />

Siemens Touch Panel and a fully functional AHC operator control panel, including a winch controlling joystick. The<br />

course has a final test and a course certificate will be issued if the final test is satisfactory.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 132


COURSE CONTENT<br />

Subject 1.1 NOV Equipment Overview & System Integration<br />

Subject 1.2 NOV User Manuals/ Smartbook<br />

Subject 2.1 Main Data and Technical Description<br />

Subject 2.2 Operating Instructions (relevant items for equipment maintenance)<br />

Subject 2.3 Maintenance Instructions<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

Subject 3.1 Hands-on Training Offerings (See Initial Section for detailed descriptions)<br />

1. Hydraulic Training Centre<br />

2. *NOV Active Heave Compensation (AHC) Crane Training Station<br />

3. *NOV Crane Emulator Training<br />

4. Field Trip – NOV Workshop and Test Facility (Drilling Equipment and AHC Cranes)<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

Before attending the course, each participant should have relevant experience.<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Norway, Kristiansand, or at other NOV Training locations/<br />

customer’s facility upon request (*exclusive hands-on training).<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 133


LATTICE BOOM OFFSHORE CRANE MAINTENANCE COURSE: MOL 3002<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Target groups for the Lattice Boom Offshore Crane course are: Hydraulics and Mechanics who carry out service and<br />

maintenance on NOV offshore cranes onboard a specific rig or vessel (min. 1 participant / max. 8 participants)<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

4 Days / Price and scheduling upon request<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

<strong>Course</strong> participants shall after successful completion of this course:<br />

Obtain general knowledge regarding component replacement.<br />

Have good knowledge of the hydraulic systems.<br />

Have good knowledge of the overload protection systems.<br />

Be able to perform inspections, troubleshooting, maintenance and repairs as described in the user manual<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course covers the theory of Lattice Boom Offshore Crane troubleshooting and maintenance. In addition,<br />

participants will practice in a crane machine room and on a fully operative crane model<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Presentation and relevant questions by participants (Q&A)<br />

Hydraulic systems<br />

Component replacement<br />

Pressure settings / adjustments<br />

Cause & Effect<br />

Standard program for preventative maintenance<br />

Troubleshooting<br />

Exam and <strong>Course</strong> Evaluation<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

Completed MOL 3001 / Lattice Boom Offshore Crane, Basic <strong>Course</strong> and relevant knowledge of the equipment is<br />

required.<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Molde, Norway (or at a customer’s facility).<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 134


OPERATION & MAINTENANCE COMBINED COURSE<br />

KRS 1110: SUB SEA/ MOTION COMPENSATION EQUIPMENT<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Target group for the Operation and Maintenance course is Motion Compensation/ Sub Sea personnel.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

<strong>Course</strong> duration upon request / Price and scheduling upon request<br />

TYPES OF EQUIPMENT COVERED<br />

A customer may request a complete, tailor-made training package on several types of equipment and/ or systems.<br />

Then, the courses will be presented sequentially – all in one sitting - which will reduce customer’s travel costs and<br />

time away from work. NOV Training offers courses on all types of equipment purchased, but below are the most<br />

common Sub Sea/ Motion Compensation equipment courses conducted in Kristiansand, Norway:<br />

Riser Compensation Systems<br />

CMC (Crown Mounted Compensator)<br />

DLC (Deadline Compensator)<br />

AHC (Active Heave Compensator)<br />

BOP Handling Equipment<br />

X- Mas Tree Handling Equipment<br />

Riser Handling Equipment<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES - Upon course completion, participants shall be able to:<br />

Explain how NOV manuals are categorized and the difference between the various safety messages employed<br />

List several types of maintenance and repairs which shall specifically not be carried out by user without approval<br />

and instructions from supplier’s service department<br />

Outline the term “Heave Compensation” [HC] in general and the integration of HC in applicable equipment<br />

Explain how to order spare parts and what to do if Technical Support / Service is needed<br />

Describe the control system of the equipment and the range of application & function of the ACS (Anti Collision<br />

System; if applicable)<br />

Describe the equipment in general terms (range of application & function) and outline the assembly<br />

Summarize the main data and explain the system design of the equipment<br />

Utilize the Rig/vessel layout and explain the interaction of the onboard equipment<br />

Explain the various safety aspects/precautions related to operation and maintenance<br />

Explain the equipment’s routine inspections and maintenance procedures<br />

Describe the start/ stop- and emergency procedures for the equipment<br />

Explain the use of controls and screen displays needed to perform maintenance on the equipment<br />

Demonstrate how to utilize the information given in course particular diagrams and drawings<br />

Explain the use of the equipment’s lubrication chart, fault finding table and troubleshooting guide<br />

Summarize information given in Product Information Bulletins and Service Reports (if applicable)<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

During the course, participants will obtain sufficient technical knowledge to operate and perform maintenance on the<br />

on-board Motion Compensation/ Subsea Equipment (as listed in the assembled course curriculum). They will learn<br />

about system design, the equipment’s intention, construction and manner of operation, including system interaction.<br />

Learning about the operating procedures and how to perform inspections, trouble shooting, maintenance and repairs<br />

enables each learner to operate the equipment in question, in addition to perform inspections, trouble shooting,<br />

maintenance and repairs in a correct, efficient and safe manner. During the whole course, participants will be trained<br />

in utilizing Rig Specific User’s Manuals to locate pertinent information, and hence be better prepared for the on-board<br />

reality.<br />

Our hands-on training offerings can further enhance the level of theoretical knowledge and transfer this knowledge<br />

into practical skills. The course has a final test and a course certificate will be issued if the final test is satisfactory.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 135


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Subject 1.1 NOV Equipment Overview & System Integration<br />

Subject 1.2 NOV User Manuals/ Smartbook<br />

Subject 2.1 Main Data and Technical Description<br />

Subject 2.2 Operating- and Maintenance Instructions<br />

Subject 3.1 Hands-on Training Offerings (available upon request - see initial section of <strong>Catalog</strong>)<br />

1. Hydraulic Training Centre<br />

2. NOV Simulator Training Centre<br />

3. Field Trip – NOV Workshop and Test Facility (Drilling Equipment)<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

Before attending the course, each participant should have relevant experience.<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

These courses are available upon request in Kristiansand, Norway, or at other NOV Training locations/<br />

customer’s facility upon request.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 136


LATTICE BOOM OFFSHORE CRANE: MOL 3001<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

COURSE TYPE: RIG SPECIFIC<br />

Rig specific courses cover the specific equipment and systems on a particular rig or vessel. They are specifically<br />

prepared and designed for the actual equipment and belonging control system the customer has purchased. At the<br />

end of a rig specific training course, attendees should be able to understand the complex nature of the equipment<br />

and systems on board a specific rig or vessel.<br />

AUDIENCE: CREW TRAINING EXCLUSIVE TO ONE CLIENT – ONE SPECIFIC RIG/ VESSEL ONLY.<br />

Target groups for the Lattice Boom Offshore Crane course are: Crane operators, Mechanics, Electricians, Instrument<br />

technicians who carry out service and maintenance on NOV offshore cranes (min. 1 participant / max. 8 participants)<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

3 Days or upon Customer Request / Price and scheduling upon request<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

<strong>Course</strong> participants shall after successful completion of this course be able to:<br />

Understand how to utilize NOV User Manuals to locate pertinent information<br />

Obtain general knowledge about the intention, construction and manner of operation of the offshore crane<br />

Understand how to ensure safe and efficient operation of the crane<br />

Understand how to carry out inspection and first-line maintenance as described in the user manual<br />

Obtain a better understanding of the equipment by participating on a field trip to the NOV workshop<br />

Obtain basic crane operating skills by carrying out practical training on the crane model/emulator<br />

Obtain operating skills by carrying out daily check in training container (machinery room)<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

An introductory course in HSE routines, system functions and correct operation and maintenance procedures for<br />

crane operators and maintenance personnel that work on NOV offshore cranes. The course covers the theory of<br />

operation, troubleshooting, and maintenance of the Lattice Boom Offshore Crane. A large proportion of the course<br />

includes practical training in a crane machine room and on a fully operative crane model.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

HSE<br />

Crane structure<br />

Technical descriptions<br />

Operation instructions<br />

Maintenance instructions<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

No prerequisites required for this basic course.<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Molde, Norway (or at a customer’s facility).<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 137


ELECTRO TECHNICAL MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />

KRS 1020: DRILLING AND MOTION COMPENSATING/ SUB SEA EQUIPMENT<br />

KRS 1320: WELL INTERVENTION EQUIPMENT/ SYSTEMS<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Target groups for the Electro Technical Maintenance course are Electrical Engineers and ET Personnel for Drilling-<br />

and Motion Compensating/ Sub Sea Equipment and Well Intervention Systems.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

Upon Customer Request/ Price and scheduling upon request<br />

TYPES OF EQUIPMENT COVERED<br />

A customer may request a complete, tailor-made training package on several types of equipment and/or systems.<br />

Then, the courses will be presented sequentially – all in one sitting - which will reduce customer’s travel costs and<br />

time away from work. NOV Training offers courses on all types of equipment, but below are the most common electro<br />

technical maintenance courses conducted in Kristiansand, Norway:<br />

Drilling Equipment:<br />

1. Hydralift Portable Top Drive (HPT)<br />

2. Hydraulic Power Swivel (HPS)<br />

3. Hydra Tong (HT)<br />

4. Hydra Racker (HR)<br />

5. Horizontal to Vertical Machine (HTV Machine)<br />

6. Stabbing Basket<br />

7. V- Door Machine<br />

8. Catwalk Machine (CWM)<br />

9. Lifting System<br />

10. Cathead<br />

11. Man Rider Winch<br />

12. Bridge Racker<br />

13. Elevated Backup Tong (EBT)<br />

14. Drillfloor Manipulator Arm (DFMA)<br />

15. Floor Monkey<br />

16. Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU)<br />

Well Intervention Equipment:<br />

1. Winches with electrical control system<br />

2. Coil Tubing Tensioner<br />

3. Module Guide Arm<br />

4. Main Winch (AHC/ HPU)<br />

5. Compensated Wire Line Cylinder<br />

6. Lower and upper Cursor Frame<br />

7. Wire Line Riser Tensioner<br />

8. APV and Compressors<br />

9. DFMA<br />

10. Moon Pool Door<br />

11. Catwalk<br />

12. Cathead<br />

13. Wire line riser Tensioner<br />

Motion Compensating/ Sub Sea Equipment<br />

1. Riser Compensation Systems<br />

2. CMC (Crown Mounted Compensator)<br />

3. DLC (Deadline Compensator)<br />

4. BOP Handling Equipment<br />

5. X- Mas Tree Handling Equipment<br />

6. Riser Handling Equipment<br />

7. Active Heave Compensator (AHC)<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

PART 0) PLC SYSTEM<br />

Obtain general understanding of the basic functions of a PLC system<br />

Obtain overall knowledge about the different modules used in the S7-300 PLC system<br />

Obtain general understanding of how to utilize the Simatic Manager<br />

Obtain a general understanding of the use of the MMC card and memory reset function<br />

Be knowledgeable about the different block types and the hierarchical principle of the S7-300 PLC system<br />

Obtain general understanding of how to use NOV standard blocks in a basic S7 program<br />

Understand how to utilize the Troubleshooting-functions in Simatic Manager<br />

Be able to search within the Siemens S7 program using different available methods<br />

PART 1) RIG SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT ET THEORY<br />

Understand how to utilize NOV User Manuals to locate pertinent information<br />

Obtain overall knowledge about the equipment’s intention, construction and manner of operation.<br />

Understand how to ensure safe and efficient operation of the equipment<br />

Obtain overall understanding of the electrical system of the machines<br />

Be able to perform inspection, trouble shooting, maintenance and repairs as described in the user manual.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 138


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

The course will provide the necessary knowledge for using the Simatic S7 Manager as a troubleshooting tool for the<br />

specified NOV equipment. <strong>Course</strong> participants shall understand the basic functions of the Siemens Simatic S7 PLC<br />

System and be able to utilize the Simatic Manager software by training on a NOV PLC test station. In addition,<br />

learners will obtain sufficient technical knowledge to perform maintenance and solve unforeseen occurrences on the<br />

onboard equipment (as listed in the course curriculum).<br />

To further enhance participants’ level of theoretical knowledge, they may also be given the opportunity to practice in<br />

NOV’s Simulator Training Center, our full-scale authentic Cyberbase® system with an 180˚degree 3D- simulator<br />

doom visualizing the drill floor with equipment and/or seabed operations.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

PART 0) PLC SYSTEM<br />

Subject 0.1 Basic PLC Functions<br />

Subject 0.2 PLC System<br />

Subject 0.3 S7-300 Simatic Manager<br />

Subject 0.4 PG/PC Interface<br />

Subject 0.5 S7 Blocks<br />

Subject 0.6 VAT-TABLE<br />

*The course has a final test and a course certificate will be issued if the final test is satisfactory.<br />

PART 1) RIG SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT ET THEORY<br />

Subject 1.1 Equipment Overview & System Integration<br />

Subject 2.1 Main Data and Technical Description<br />

Subject 2.2 Operating Instructions<br />

Subject 2.3 PLC and Electrical System<br />

Subject 3.1 Hands-on Training<br />

Subject 0.7 Comparing Blocks<br />

Subject 0.8 NOV Standard Blocks<br />

Subject 0.9 Trouble Shooting<br />

Subject 0.10 System Searching<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

Prior to attending the course, each student should have a general understanding of electrical systems; level 2 – ET<br />

course / Electro Technical maintenance course.<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

The Electro Technical Maintenance <strong>Course</strong>s below are available upon request in Kristiansand, Norway, or at<br />

other NOV Training locations/ customer’s facility upon request (*exclusive hands-on training).<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 139


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

CYBERBASE & DRILLING EQUIPMENT/ SYSTEMS MAINTENANCE COURSE: SVG 2020<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Target groups for the Electro Technical Maintenance course are Electrical Engineers and ET Personnel for Drilling<br />

Equipment.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

Upon Customer Request/ Price and scheduling upon request<br />

TYPES OF EQUIPMENT COVERED<br />

A customer may request a complete, tailor-made training package on several types of equipment and/ or systems.<br />

Then, the courses will be presented sequentially – all in one sitting - which will reduce customer’s travel costs and<br />

time away from work. NOV Training offers courses on all types of equipment purchased, but below are the most<br />

common Electro Technical Maintenance courses - drilling equipment - conducted in Stavanger, Norway:<br />

EQUIPMENT MODULES<br />

DW (Drawworks)<br />

DW SSGD 200-1000<br />

DW AHD 500/ 750/ 1000<br />

DW D3000 AC<br />

DW Electrohoist<br />

Star Racker (HITEC)<br />

Driller‘s Cabin<br />

Cyberbase Chair<br />

HVAC (Heat/Ventilation/Air Conditioning)<br />

Driller‘s Cabin:<br />

Cyberbase Chair<br />

HVAC (Heat/Ventilation/Air Conditioning)<br />

Roughneck IR (HITEC)<br />

V-Door (HITEC)<br />

Conveyor (HITEC)<br />

DFT (Drilling Fluid Technology)<br />

Man Rider Winch<br />

Mud Pumps<br />

HEX Pump<br />

Drilling Simulator (Operational practice on a virtual reality rig floor simulator)<br />

SYSTEM MODULES<br />

DCDA HMI (Drilling Control and Data Acquisition & Human Machine Interface)<br />

CCTV (Closed Circuit Television)<br />

General Machine Control<br />

Keypads<br />

Screens<br />

Alarm System<br />

Machine Hardware<br />

Network<br />

iFix Cyberbase Screen Application<br />

SDI (Smart Drilling Instrumentation)<br />

Instrumentation/ Troubleshooting<br />

PLC<br />

Siemens S7<br />

VSDS (Variable Speed Drive System)<br />

DFR (Drilling Flight Recorder)<br />

DCI (Drilling Control Interface)<br />

AC (Anti Collision)<br />

MP (Mud Pumps) Control<br />

Slips<br />

RT (Rotary Table)<br />

E-Stop<br />

BX Elevator<br />

Slips PS 21<br />

Spider Elevator<br />

Interface to other systems<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 140


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES FOR EQUIPMENT<br />

Upon course completion, participants shall be able to:<br />

Describe the machine in general terms (range of application & function)<br />

Summarize the main data and describe the main components of the machine<br />

Explain the safety and system functions of the machine<br />

Describe PLC main structure and communication and outline the machine’s control system<br />

Explain the equipment‘s routine inspections and the safety aspects/ -precautions related to maintenance and<br />

troubleshooting<br />

List some types of maintenance which shall specifically not be carried out by user without approval and<br />

instructions from supplier’s service department<br />

List system hardware functionalities and explain basic network communication, electrical system and<br />

instrumentation.<br />

Explain how to perform ET Maintenance on the system<br />

Explain various safety messages described in NOV user manuals specific for this machine.<br />

Summarize information given in Product Information Bulletins and Service Reports<br />

Demonstrate ability to utilize information given in the reference drawings and the recommended Spare Parts List<br />

in order to complement maintenance instructions<br />

Explain the various safety aspects/ precautions related to operation<br />

Describe how to prepare / configure the machine before start-up<br />

Explain functionality of screens and keypads used for operating the machine<br />

Describe normal start/stop and emergency stop procedures of the machine<br />

Explain machine operation modes and sequences<br />

List and explain Test and Exception functions (if applicable)<br />

Explain and use the alarm system (“cause” and “check”)<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES FOR SYSTEMS<br />

Upon course completion, participants shall be able to:<br />

Summarize the main data of the equipment and describe the system in general terms (range of application &<br />

function)<br />

Give a brief description of the main software modules and hardware components of the system<br />

Explain the purpose of the system and list the optional-/ utility functions<br />

List the basic system setup parameters and navigate displays and identify main functionalities<br />

Demonstrate how to operate the various input-/ output devices (i.e. keyboard, mouse, joysticks, functional<br />

keypads etc.)<br />

Demonstrate ability to perform basic troubleshooting based on system feedback<br />

Demonstrate and identify information in the system and explain when and how to use administrative functionalities<br />

Explain the various safety aspects/ -precautions related to maintenance and troubleshooting<br />

Explain the system‘s routine inspections and explain how to perform ET Maintenance on the system<br />

List system hardware functionalities and explain basic network communication in the system.<br />

List some types of maintenance which shall specifically not be carried out by user without approval and<br />

instructions from supplier’s service department<br />

Summarize information given in Product Information Bulletins and Service Reports<br />

Demonstrate ability to utilize information given in the reference drawings and the recommended Spare Parts List<br />

in order to complement maintenance instructions<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This maintenance and troubleshooting course is designed to teach the Electrical & instrument personnel the<br />

operation, maintenance and repair of the on-board drilling equipment. During the course, the participants will obtain<br />

sufficient technical knowledge and practical skills to perform electro technical maintenance, troubleshooting and to<br />

solve unforeseen occurrences on the products listed above. Participants shall learn about the equipment’s intention,<br />

construction and manner of operation and obtain an overall understanding of the electrical system of the machine(s).<br />

In addition, they will obtain a better understanding of the machine(s) by utilizing rig specific software during course,<br />

learning how to select correct mode and sub mode for the different operations, how to perform a system configuration<br />

for the equipment and how to utilize the HMI system during operation of the equipment. Furthermore, they shall<br />

understand how to ensure safe and efficient operation of the machine.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 141


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

During the course, the participants will also obtain sufficient technical knowledge and practical skills to perform<br />

maintenance, troubleshooting and to solve unforeseen occurrences on the systems listed above. They shall obtain<br />

overall knowledge about the system’s intention and operation and gain a general understanding of system operations<br />

in order to ensure safe and efficient operation. Participants will obtain an overall understanding of the system<br />

hardware in order to perform inspections, trouble shooting, maintenance and repairs on the on-board equipment. In<br />

addition, they will by utilize rig specific software during course to obtain a better understanding of the machine; This<br />

includes selecting correct mode and sub mode for the different operations, performing a system configuration,<br />

utilizing the HMI system during operation and identify alarms and faults by using/utilizing the HMI system. The course<br />

has a final test and a course certificate will be issued if the final test is satisfactory.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Subject 1.1 – Main Data and Technical Description<br />

Subject 1.2 – Electrical System and Maintenance Instructions<br />

Subject 1.3 – Operating and Safety Systems<br />

Subject 2.1 – Hands-on Training utilizing Rig Software, Simulator and/ or Training Equipment<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

Prior to attending the course, each student should have a general understanding of electrical systems.<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Stavanger, Norway, or at other NOV Training locations/ customer’s<br />

facility upon request (*exclusive hands-on training).<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 142


PLC MAINTENANCE COURSE: SVG 2021<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Target group is Electro technical personnel.<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

<strong>Course</strong> duration upon request / Price and scheduling upon request<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

TYPES OF EQUIPMENT COVERED<br />

A customer may request a complete, tailor-made training package on several types of equipment and/ or systems.<br />

Then, the courses will be presented sequentially – all in one sitting - which will reduce customer’s travel costs and<br />

time away from work. NOV Training offers courses on all types of equipment purchased.<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Upon course completion, participants shall be able to:<br />

Describe the equipment in general terms (range of application & function) and summarize the main data<br />

Describe basic network hardware components<br />

Describe the NOV Drilling control network<br />

Give a brief description of the different networks (TCP/ IP, UDP , DP)<br />

Utilize NOV drawings to find relevant information<br />

Explain the various safety aspects/ precautions related to operation, maintenance and troubleshooting<br />

Explain the equipment‘s routine inspections<br />

Describe the basic Step7 hardware and the basic PLC hardware<br />

Setup interface between Step7 and PLC<br />

Explain online monitoring and diagnostic<br />

Describe the NOV Step7 program structure<br />

Utilize basic Step7 software functions (uploads, downloads, backups, etc.)<br />

Analyze Step7 program structure (compare blocks, cross-reference, etc.)<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

During the course, participants will obtain sufficient technical knowledge and practical skills to perform<br />

troubleshooting with PLC. They will obtain basic knowledge of Simatic Step7 PLCs in the Cyberbase system and a<br />

gain basic understanding of Simatic Step7 and PLC Software Devices.<br />

To transfer participants’ knowledge into practical skills, they will use Simatic Step7 in a hands-on training situation.<br />

This includes setup and configuration of hardware, learning about different connections of PC to PLC, comparing<br />

Online and Offline PLC programs, performing software Backup and Restore, creating and using VAT (Variable<br />

Address Table) and troubleshooting by online monitoring.<br />

*The course has a final test and a course certificate will be issued if the final test is satisfactory.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Subject 1.1 – Cyberbase Topology<br />

Subject 1.2 – Simatic Step7 PLC Hardware<br />

Subject 1.3 – Simatic Step7 PLC Software<br />

Subject 2.1 – Hands-on Training<br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

Prior to attending the course, each student should have a general understanding of electrical systems.<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

These courses are available upon request in Stavanger, Norway, or at other NOV Training locations/<br />

customer’s facility upon request (the latter exclusive hands-on training).<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 143


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

DRILLING FLUID TECHNOLOGY (DFT) ELECTRO-TECHNICAL MAINTENANCE COURSE: ASK 4020<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Target group for this course are Electro Engineers and Electronic Technicians (minimum 1 participant / maximum 8<br />

participants)<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

Upon Customer Request / Price and scheduling upon request<br />

TYPES OF EQUIPMENT COVERED<br />

A customer may request a complete, tailor-made training package on several types of equipment and/ or systems.<br />

Then, the courses will be presented sequentially – all in one sitting - which will reduce customer’s travel costs and<br />

time away from work. NOV Training offers courses on all types of equipment purchased – Electro Technical<br />

Maintenance course conducted in Stavanger, Norway:<br />

Mud Mixing System<br />

Sack Cutting Unit<br />

Screw Conveyor<br />

Hopper /Mixer<br />

Lifting Table<br />

Vacuum Lifter<br />

Surge Tank Feeder<br />

Big Bag Empting Unit<br />

Liquid Additive Unit<br />

High Rate Mixer<br />

HP Shear Unit<br />

Caustic Mixer Unit<br />

Density Transmitter<br />

Bulk Tank System<br />

Bulk Tank<br />

Surge Tank<br />

Dust Cyclone & Collector<br />

Rock Catcher<br />

Pipe Spools<br />

Bulk System Valves<br />

Bulk System Instrumentation<br />

Pressure Reducing Station<br />

Sampling Unit<br />

Loading Hoses<br />

Mud Control System<br />

General Mud Control System<br />

Local Control Panel<br />

Choke & Kill Manifold<br />

Choke & Kill Manifold<br />

Choke & Kill Control System<br />

Mud Standpipe Manifold<br />

Cement Manifold<br />

Mud Gas Separator<br />

Drilling Hoses<br />

Mud Manifold<br />

Mud Treatment System<br />

LP Mud Pump<br />

Shale Shaker<br />

Agitator<br />

Cuttings Screw Conveyor<br />

Centrifuge<br />

Tank Washing System<br />

Cutting Re-Injection<br />

De Gasser<br />

Mud Cyclone<br />

Mud Sampler<br />

Tank Cleaning System<br />

High Pressure Pump<br />

Offshore Loading<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

On completion of this course, participants shall be able to:<br />

Explain how to ensure safe and efficient operation of systems, machines and equipment<br />

Explain the safety aspects/ -precautions related to maintenance and troubleshooting<br />

List and explain the safety aspects of the systems, machines and equipments while in operation<br />

Explain main data and technical details of the systems, machines and equipments<br />

Describe the vessel-/rig specific control system and the interaction of such<br />

Outline system’s intention, construction and manner of operation<br />

Utilize the system to detect abnormalities and perform inspections, trouble shooting, maintenance and repairs.<br />

Utilize NOV electro drawings in connection with fault finding<br />

Utilize NOV User Manuals to locate pertinent information<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

The course consists of theoretical classroom training.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Safety - DFT Operation<br />

Safety - DFT Maintenance and Troubleshooting<br />

Main Data<br />

DFT Assembly and Technical Description<br />

Control System and System Interaction<br />

Inspections, trouble shooting, maintenance and repairs<br />

Drawings and Fault Finding<br />

DFT User’s Manual<br />

PREREQUISITES<br />

Electrical or Electro Technical background<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Stavanger, Norway or at other NOV Training locations/ customer’s<br />

facility upon request.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 144


CRANE ELECTRO MAINTENANCE COURSE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

KRS 1220: PIPE HANDLING CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM)<br />

KRS 1221: OFFSHORE CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM)<br />

KRS 1222: ACTIVE HEAVE COMPENSATED (AHC) SUBSEA CRANE (KNUCKLE BOOM)<br />

KRS 1223: RISER GANTRY CRANE<br />

KRS 1224: SINGLE BOOM CRANE<br />

KRS 1225: TELESCOPE BOOM CRANE<br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Target groups for the Electro Technical Maintenance course are Electrical Engineers and Crane ET Personnel<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

Upon Customer Request/ Price and scheduling upon request. TYPES OF EQUIPMENT/ CRANES:<br />

A customer may request a complete, tailor-made training package on several types of equipment and/ or systems.<br />

Then, the courses will be presented sequentially – all in one sitting - which will reduce customer’s travel costs and<br />

time away from work. NOV Training offers courses on all types of equipment purchased, but below are the most<br />

common electro technical crane courses conducted in Kristiansand, Norway:<br />

1. Knuckle Boom Cranes<br />

Pipe Handling Cranes<br />

Offshore Cranes<br />

Active Heave Compensated (AHC) Sub Sea cranes<br />

2. Riser Gantry Cranes<br />

3. Single Boom Cranes<br />

4. Telescope Boom Cranes<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

PART 0) PLC SYSTEM<br />

Obtain general understanding of the basic functions of a PLC system<br />

Obtain overall knowledge about the different modules used in the S7-300 PLC system<br />

Obtain general understanding of how to utilize the Simatic Manager<br />

Obtain a general understanding of the use of the MMC card and memory reset function<br />

Be knowledgeable about the different block types and the hierarchical principle of the S7-300 PLC system<br />

Obtain general understanding of how to use NOV standard blocks in a basic S7 program<br />

Understand how to utilize the Troubleshooting-functions in Simatic Manager<br />

Be able to search within the Siemens S7 program using different available methods<br />

PART 1) RIG SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT ET THEORY<br />

Understand how to utilize NOV User Manuals to locate pertinent information<br />

Obtain overall knowledge about the equipment’s intention, construction and manner of operation.<br />

Understand how to ensure safe and efficient operation of the equipment<br />

Obtain overall understanding of the electrical system of the machines<br />

Be able to perform inspection, trouble shooting, maintenance and repairs as described in the user manual.<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

The course will provide the necessary knowledge for using the Simatic S7 Manager as a trouble shooting tool for the<br />

specified NOV equipment. <strong>Course</strong> participants shall understand the basic functions of the Siemens Simatic S7 PLC<br />

System and be able to utilize the Simatic Manager software by training on a NOV PLC test station. In addition,<br />

learners will obtain sufficient technical knowledge to perform maintenance and solve unforeseen occurrences on the<br />

onboard equipment (as listed in the course curriculum).<br />

NOV Active Heave Compensation (AHC) Crane Training Station: The AHC Crane Training Station is a training<br />

device for practice on all Sub Sea Crane operation modes. Practicing on equipment containing authentic NOV PLC<br />

programs enables participants to further enhance their level of theoretical knowledge as well as transferring this<br />

knowledge into practical skills. The Training Station Includes NOV AHC Crane Control System, crane Control Cabinet<br />

with Siemens Step 7 PLC, PLC with authentic control software for a typical NOV AHC Crane, a fully functional<br />

Siemens Touch Panel and a fully functional AHC operator control panel, including a winch controlling joystick.<br />

NOV Crane Emulator Training: The Crane Model Emulator contains hardware and software used on the actual<br />

equipment. The emulator is supported by a down scaled NOV Knuckle Boom Offshore Crane Model.<br />

The course has a final test and a course certificate will be issued if the final test is satisfactory.<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 145


COURSE CONTENT<br />

PART 0) PLC SYSTEM<br />

Subject 0.1 Basic PLC Functions<br />

Subject 0.2 PLC System<br />

Subject 0.3 S7-300 Simatic Manager<br />

Subject 0.4 PG/PC Interface<br />

Subject 0.5 S7 Blocks<br />

Subject 0.6 VAT-TABLE<br />

Subject 0.7 Comparing Blocks<br />

Subject 0.8 NOV Standard Blocks<br />

Subject 0.9 Trouble Shooting<br />

Subject 0.10 System Searching<br />

PART 1/ 2) RIG SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT ET THEORY<br />

Subject 1.1 Equipment Overview & System Integration<br />

Subject 2.1 Main Data and Technical Description<br />

Subject 2.2 Operating Instructions<br />

Subject 2.3 PLC and Electrical System<br />

Subject 3.1 Hands-on Training<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

PREREQUISITE<br />

Prior to attending the course, each student should have a general understanding of electrical systems; level 2 – ET<br />

course / Electro Technical maintenance course.<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

The Electro Technical Maintenance <strong>Course</strong>s - Cranes below are available upon request in Kristiansand,<br />

Norway or at other NOV Training locations/ customer’s facility upon request (*exclusive hands-on training).<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 146


CRANE INSTRUMENTATION TECHNICIANS COURSE – ADVANCED<br />

MOL 3003: LATTICE BOOM OFFSHORE CRANE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Target groups for this Lattice Boom Offshore Crane course are instrument technicians who perform service and<br />

maintenance in accordance to preventative maintenance routines on NOV offshore cranes (minimum 1 participant /<br />

maximum 8 participants)<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

4 Days or Upon Customer Request / Price and scheduling upon request<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

<strong>Course</strong> participants shall after successful completion of this course:<br />

Have knowledge about the ET equipment installed on the crane<br />

Have good knowledge on the crane control systems<br />

Know how to operate and use the different menus for maintenance<br />

Be able to identify the different components and know how to maintain the system<br />

Be able to adjust all limit switches, calibrations and perform trouble shooting<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

This course covers the theory troubleshooting and maintenance of the Lattice Boom Offshore Crane.<br />

In addition, participants will practice in a crane machine room and on a fully operative crane model<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Introduction and relevant questions about crane problems by participants<br />

HSE: Crane safety functions / overload protection<br />

Study of drawings / documentation / components / cause & effect<br />

Function / system knowledge and correct settings<br />

Limit switches – MMS – counters – load cells – level indicators – temperature indicators – etc.<br />

Pressure transmitters<br />

Fault detection<br />

PLC – memory card – data logs - NOV program handling and routines<br />

CCD (Crane Control Display )<br />

Screen displays<br />

Periodical maintenance<br />

Loading indicators / load charts<br />

Calibration<br />

Practical exercises on crane model<br />

Exam and <strong>Course</strong> Evaluation<br />

PREREQUISITES<br />

Completed MOL 3001 / Lattice Boom Offshore Crane, Basic <strong>Course</strong> and relevant knowledge of the equipment is<br />

required<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Molde, Norway (or at a customer’s facility).<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 147


CRANE ELECTRO TECHNICAL COURSE - ADVANCED<br />

MOL 3005: LATTICE BOOM OFFSHORE CRANE<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Target groups for this Lattice Boom Offshore Crane course are Electrical Technicians (minimum 1 participant /<br />

maximum 8 participants)<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

1 Day or Upon Customer Request / Price and scheduling upon request<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

<strong>Course</strong> participants shall after successful completion of this course:<br />

Obtain general knowledge of the electrical systems on the crane<br />

Understand how to utilize NOV User Manuals to locate pertinent information<br />

Obtain an understanding of both internal and external power supplies<br />

Obtain an understanding of power consuming components<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

The course will consist of theoretical classroom training and practical training in a crane machine room.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Guided tour onboard the crane with instructor – with main focus on:<br />

Introduction regarding NOV responsibility according to D&V<br />

Best maintenance routines (maintenance concept)<br />

General crane structure and systems<br />

Drawings and documentation<br />

Power supply, Slip ring unit<br />

Power supply, Electric current and voltage<br />

Power supply, Grounding<br />

Power supply, Emergency power and emergency control system<br />

Energy-consuming component, HVAC Unit<br />

Energy-consuming component<br />

Heating elements<br />

Correct use of daily check list<br />

Load indicator<br />

Operation limits<br />

Emergency functions<br />

Overload protection<br />

Re-reeving<br />

PREREQUISITES<br />

Relevant knowledge of the equipment is required.<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

This course is available upon request in Molde, Norway (or at a customer’s facility).<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 148


AHC SUBSEA CRANE PERFORMANCE COURSE – ADVANCED: KRS 1240<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

AUDIENCE<br />

Target groups for the AHC Subsea Crane Performance <strong>Course</strong> are:<br />

1. Subsea Engineers / Technical personnel involved in the design of subsea systems, -structures, -equipment and<br />

special tools incl. planning and specification of subsea installations, in particular lifting operations<br />

2. Skilled Crane Personnel responsible for subsea cranes<br />

3. Technical Managers of Construction companies involved in survey of subsea lifting operations, inspection and<br />

approval of Subsea Cranes<br />

4. Ship Officers / Senior Crane Operators with responsibility for and/or particular interest in safe and efficient<br />

utilization of AHC subsea cranes and/ or offshore subsea lifting operations<br />

DURATION / COST<br />

5 days - Price and scheduling upon request<br />

LEARNING OBJECTIVES - Upon course completion, participants shall be able to:<br />

Identify the different NOV crane types and apply each to appropriate applications<br />

Describe the development and history of Active Heave Compensation / Constant Tension Systems<br />

List the most commonly used crane relevant abbreviations<br />

Identify the structural system of the crane<br />

Describe the basic operation of the main boom system and explain the advantages of the knuckle boom system<br />

Recognize the application of the different winch systems<br />

Point out the operator interface systems and define the hydraulic system and sub-systems<br />

Recognize the rules and standards of offshore cranes and compare and discuss basic safety design principles<br />

Describe the various technical safety evaluation methods in mechanical and system engineering<br />

Describe the different safety modes relating to winch release<br />

Describe the MER and MOPS functions and recognize the difference between AER, AOPS and ASOPS functions<br />

Distinguish between static and dynamic actions and crane loads and identify various loads on offshore cranes and<br />

in particular subsea cranes<br />

Recognize occurring loads in a subsea deployment operation and read the crane capacity from a knuckle boom<br />

load chart<br />

Utilize a dynamic de-rating table for sea lift (ship to ship)<br />

Read a hoisting winch subsea performance chart<br />

Calculate the wire rope storage capacity on a winch drum and estimate the radius as a function of the paid-out<br />

wire rope length and outline the transformation of hydraulic flow / pressure to wire rope tension / velocity<br />

Explain the velocity control of the hoisting winch and illustrate the power relations / -losses in the hoisting winch<br />

system<br />

Recognize the winch system configurations: Normal- vs. active and passive part<br />

Recall basic wind velocity and wind statistics and basic wave motions and wave statistics<br />

Estimate the hydrostatic / hydrodynamic effects on submerged bodies<br />

Outline wave induced motions on floating vessels and suspended submerged bodies<br />

Estimate resulting effect from combination of various loads<br />

Identify the Main Menu Hierarchy including the relevant sub-menus and utilize the information provided on<br />

relevant screens<br />

Explain the functionality of relevant screen displays and how to alternate between screens<br />

Recall the various operating- and hoisting modes for AHC cranes<br />

Explain the difference between position control- and force control modes (AHC vs. ACT modes) and outline the<br />

winch system functions in AHC and ACT modes<br />

Explain hoisting mode transitions / required conditions to enter various modes and discuss the most appropriate<br />

mode sequences in various deployment / retrieval cases<br />

Estimate the hook load capacity limits in AHC and ACT modes<br />

Explain heave compensation characteristics and outline stroke-, velocity-, acceleration- and frequency limits for<br />

the AHC and ACT modes<br />

Describe other subsea operation modes including emergency modes<br />

Apply methods learned from Crane Training Station and demonstrate the ability to change between different lifting<br />

modes<br />

Simulate the lifting and landing of loads on the seabed with AHC and ACT<br />

Demonstrate ability to recognize the equipment’s components and sub systems<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 149


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

Select hoisting strategies / subsea modes for various deployment / retrieval cases<br />

Resolve sea lift specifications (ship to ship) by using a de-rating table<br />

Compute subsea operation crane loads / -effects based on given input<br />

Predict durations of load object lowering and empty hook hoisting for given water depth<br />

Determine weather limits for a given subsea deployment case<br />

COURSE DESCRIPTION<br />

During the course, participants will obtain sufficient knowledge to plan a safe and efficient execution of a sub-sea<br />

lifting operation with AHC Sub-Sea Offshore Crane. They will gain a better understanding of AHC crane operation by<br />

learning about Active Heave Compensation / Constant Tension in general, the equipment’s system design, the<br />

design principles and the safety systems and features of offshore cranes. This also includes learning how to read-,<br />

interpret- and apply load charts and graphs and learning about the basic design principles of AHC winch systems. In<br />

addition, participants will gain knowledge on how environmental factors influence submerged objects. Learners will<br />

also be trained in the utilization of operator displays and screens and learn about the different lifting modes and AHC/<br />

ACT characteristics and limitations.<br />

COURSE CONTENT<br />

Subject 1.0 General <strong>Course</strong> Introduction<br />

Subject 1.1 AHC Introduction<br />

Subject 1.2 Technical Description<br />

Subject 1.3 Safety Philosophy and Safety Systems<br />

Subject 1.4 Loads and Load Charts<br />

Subject 1.5 Hoisting Winch<br />

Subject 1.6 Offshore Environment<br />

Subject 1.7 Operator Displays and Screens<br />

Subject 1.8 Lifting Modes<br />

Subject 1.9 Heave Compensation Limits<br />

Subject 1.10 Training Station and Factory Visit<br />

Subject 1.11 Group Project/ Submittal and presentation of Final Group Project<br />

Upon course completion, all students attending the NOV AHC Subsea Crane Performance <strong>Course</strong><br />

will submit a group project. Prior to submitting, each group (3 to 5 persons) is asked to perform a<br />

presentation to the rest of their tutorial group, describing the main elements of their proposal.<br />

Subject 3.1 Hands-on Training<br />

1. NOV Active Heave Compensation (AHC) Crane Training Station<br />

2. Field Trip – NOV Workshop and Test Facility (Drilling Equipment and AHC Cranes)<br />

Our hands-on training offerings will further enhance the level of theoretical knowledge and transfer<br />

this knowledge into practical skills.<br />

PREREQUISITES<br />

It is highly recommended that course participants hold the following educational backgrounds or technical<br />

experience/skills:<br />

A Bachelor’s/ Master’s Degree (or other relevant education) in mechanical- / structural- / marine engineering.<br />

Technicians / Ship Officers / Crane Operators experienced in offshore construction.<br />

Companies are encouraged to compose and send teams with varied relevant backgrounds and functions to the<br />

course. A synergy effect of this will be that the group members can benefit from each other’s knowledge and<br />

experience.<br />

OFFERINGS<br />

These courses are available upon request in Kristiansand, Norway (or at a customer’s facility).<br />

<strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> - Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 150


APPENDIX A<br />

WORLDWIDE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR TRAINING COURSES<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

1. Acceptance<br />

Orders or other requests, whether oral or written, for the provision of training courses (“Training <strong>Course</strong>s”) to be<br />

provided by Seller or any of its affiliates, subsidiaries, or divisions (“Seller”) to its customers (each a “Buyer”) are<br />

subject to Seller’s written acceptance by an authorized representative of Seller and any orders so accepted will<br />

be governed by these Terms and Conditions for the provision of Training <strong>Course</strong>s. Buyer’s submission of a<br />

purchase order or other similar document (“Purchase Order”) shall be deemed to be an express acceptance of<br />

these Terms and Conditions notwithstanding any language in Buyer’s Purchase Order inconsistent herewith, and<br />

any inconsistent language in Buyer’s Purchase Order is hereby rejected. These Terms and Conditions constitute<br />

the full and complete agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes<br />

any previous or contemporaneous agreements, understandings or communications, whether written or oral,<br />

relating to such subject matter.<br />

2. Prices<br />

Prices shall be as stated in the invoice or other similar document (“Invoice”). An initial preparation fee on the<br />

amount agreed (“Initial Preparation Fee”) may be fully charged after acceptance of the Purchase Order. The fee<br />

for Training <strong>Course</strong>s includes 1) training material, 2) handouts, 3) administration, and 4) course certificate. The<br />

fee for Training <strong>Course</strong>s does not include: 1) expenses related to any travel to Buyer’s locations for project<br />

meetings necessary to carry out the Training <strong>Course</strong>s, and 2) expenses related to the travel of training<br />

instructors to/from other locations, including, but not limited to, day rate, airline tickets, lodging, local<br />

transportation and visa application. Buyer shall be responsible for all taxes, whether foreign or domestic,<br />

applicable to the Training <strong>Course</strong>s provided under these Terms and Conditions. Neither party is responsible for<br />

taxes on the other party’s income.<br />

3. Payment<br />

The Initial Preparation Fee shall be paid only once per course package. The fee for Training <strong>Course</strong>s will be fully<br />

invoiced on a monthly basis, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the parties. Payment shall be made within<br />

30 (thirty) days from the receipt of the Invoice by Buyer or prior to the first date of class, whichever is earlier,<br />

except as otherwise agreed to in writing by the parties. Unless otherwise stated, all payments are due in the<br />

currency specified in the Invoice. Interest shall be due from Buyer to Seller on overdue accounts at the maximum<br />

rate allowed by the applicable law. Seller shall be entitled to recover all reasonable attorney’s fees and other<br />

costs incurred in the collections of overdue accounts.<br />

4. Cancellation and Rescheduling Fees<br />

(I) Product Line <strong>Course</strong>s:<br />

If Training <strong>Course</strong>s are cancelled by Buyer less than thirty (30) days before the scheduled course date, Buyer<br />

will be charged one hundred percent (100%) of the fee for the Training <strong>Course</strong>s, plus the Initial Preparation Fee<br />

(if applicable). If Buyer reschedules the Training <strong>Course</strong>s within thirty (30) days before the original scheduled<br />

course date, Buyer will be charged one hundred percent (100%) of the fee for the Training <strong>Course</strong>s, plus the<br />

Initial Preparation Fee (if applicable) and will be given a fifty percent (50%) credit to apply towards the next<br />

Invoice upon completion of the rescheduled Training <strong>Course</strong>. Delivery of the rescheduled Training <strong>Course</strong> must<br />

fall within ninety (90) days of the original course date.<br />

(II) Rig Specific Training <strong>Course</strong>s:<br />

If Training <strong>Course</strong>s are cancelled by Buyer less than forty five (45) days before the scheduled course date, Buyer<br />

will be charged one hundred percent (100%) of the fee for the Training <strong>Course</strong>s, plus the initial Preparation<br />

Fee. If Buyer reschedules the Training <strong>Course</strong>s within forty-five (45) days before the original scheduled course<br />

date, Buyer will be charged one hundred percent (100%) of the fee for the Training <strong>Course</strong>s, plus the Initial<br />

Preparation Fee and will be given a seventy percent (70%) credit to apply towards the next Invoice upon<br />

completion of the rescheduled Training <strong>Course</strong>. Delivery of the rescheduled Training <strong>Course</strong> must fall within one<br />

hundred-eighty (180) days of the original course date.<br />

(III) General<br />

When rescheduling planned Training <strong>Course</strong>s, Seller and Buyer will cooperate in finding new dates.<br />

2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 151


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

Seller has instituted a “no show” charge for all classes that Buyer does not attend and that are not cancelled or<br />

rescheduled by Buyer. In case of “no show”, Buyer will be invoiced one-hundred percent (100%) of the fee for<br />

the Training <strong>Course</strong>s plus the Initial Preparation Fee (if applicable).<br />

5. Training <strong>Course</strong>s outside of Seller’s premises<br />

In the event Seller provides Training <strong>Course</strong>s outside of Seller’s premises, the training instructors are charged at<br />

a day rate made available by Seller to Buyer and such rate applies for a 12 (twelve) hours work day. Additional<br />

work must first be approved by Buyer’s representative and will be billed at a prorated rate plus 50% (fifty<br />

percent). In no case Seller’s personnel can work more than 16 (sixteen) hours (or the limited prescribed by the<br />

local labor law, whichever is lesser) without receiving a minimum of 8 (eight) hours of rest. Where the situation<br />

requires continuous coverage from Seller’s personnel (24 (twenty four) hours per day) a minimum of 2 (two)<br />

personnel should be utilized for both safety and efficiency reasons.<br />

Seller agrees to protect, defend, indemnify and hold Buyer harmless from any and all damages, claims, liability,<br />

demands and causes of action arising out of, or in any manner connected with the presence of Seller on Buyer’s<br />

facilities if such damage, claim, liability or cause of action was caused by Seller’s sole negligence.<br />

The indemnities in this Section 5 shall be in addition to any other indemnity obligations between Seller and<br />

Buyer, including any other indemnity obligations contained in these Terms and Conditions.<br />

6. Use of Seller’s premises<br />

In the event the Training <strong>Course</strong>s are held on Seller’s premises, Buyer agrees to follow all safety and/or other<br />

rules and regulations that may be required by Seller. Failure to abide by these rules and/or regulations will be<br />

cause for immediate removal of Buyer personnel from Seller’s premises. Further, Buyer agrees to immediately<br />

remove from Seller’s premises any employee, agent, contractor or the like upon Seller’s request for any reason<br />

at Seller’s sole discretion. Seller shall have and expressly reserves the right to refuse the admission of any<br />

substance, material or equipment on Seller’s premises.<br />

Buyer agrees to protect, defend, indemnify and hold Seller harmless from any and all damages, claims, liability,<br />

demands and causes of action arising out of, or in any manner connected with the presence of Buyer on Seller’s<br />

premises, except if such damage, claim, liability or cause of action was caused by Seller’s sole negligence.<br />

Buyer further agrees that it shall be totally responsible for any and all waste and/or hazardous substances<br />

introduced onto Seller’s premises by Buyer and shall perform all clean-up and removal of such substances. In<br />

the event Buyer does not perform such clean-up and/or removal, Buyer shall indemnify Seller for all losses,<br />

damages, claims, demands, costs, charges, and other expenses, including attorneys’ fees, as well as experts<br />

and consultant fees, incurred by Seller related to such clean-up and/or removal.<br />

The indemnities in this Section 6 shall be in addition to any other indemnity obligations between Seller and<br />

Buyer, including any other indemnity obligations contained in these Terms and Conditions.<br />

7. Training Materials<br />

Training materials, as further defined by Seller in a case by case basis, are for training purposes only. It is<br />

understood that the training materials contain good faith opinions that are not to be construed as warranties or<br />

guarantees, express or implied, of accuracy or completeness, merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.<br />

Nothing contained in the training materials is to be considered as the rendering of professional advice, or to take<br />

the place of either the written law or regulations. Seller will not be responsible for any results obtained from the<br />

use of the training materials and shall not be liable for any direct, indirect, and/ or consequential damages.<br />

8. Intellectual Property<br />

All drawings, data, designs, written technical information, software, device, substance, article, machine, tool and<br />

all other materials, excepting training materials, which are supplied by Seller to Buyer or which are invented by<br />

Seller as a result of the Training <strong>Course</strong>s shall remain the property of Seller and shall be returned to Seller upon<br />

termination of the Training <strong>Course</strong>s. Buyer agrees that it will not use or allow the use of any technology or knowhow<br />

supplied by Seller or otherwise obtained by Buyer under these Terms and Conditions, or to replicate Seller’s<br />

equipment, and Buyer agrees that it will not attempt to analyze, reverse-engineer, or otherwise ascertain the<br />

composition or manufacture of Seller’s products. The provisions in this Section 8 shall survive termination of the<br />

Training <strong>Course</strong>s.<br />

2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 152


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

9. Confidentiality<br />

Buyer agrees to keep confidential any and all Seller’s proprietary and confidential information observed by Buyer<br />

personnel or otherwise acquired under these Terms and Conditions, whether patentable, copyrightable, or not,<br />

including, but not limited to, the information contained in the training materials. Buyer may, however, disclose<br />

such confidential information to its personnel who need to know same, for purposes consistent herewith,<br />

provided it shall have informed such personnel of the confidential nature of such information and direct such<br />

personnel not to disclose such confidential information. Buyer acknowledges that Seller’s ownership of,<br />

development of, and protection of its proprietary and confidential information is an integral part of Seller’s<br />

business.<br />

Information provided by Seller for purposes hereof shall not be deemed confidential information and the<br />

obligations of Buyer under these Terms and Conditions shall not apply when such information:<br />

a. is already known by Buyer, unless previously supplied by Seller;<br />

b. is or becomes in the public domain through no wrongful act of Buyer;<br />

c. is rightly received from a third party not under a confidentiality obligation to Seller;<br />

d. is required to be disclosed pursuant to requirements of a governmental agency or by operation of<br />

law; or<br />

e. is approved for release by written authorization to Buyer from Seller.<br />

The burden of proof that any information falls within the provisions of this paragraph lies with the party relying on<br />

this paragraph.<br />

Buyer expressly acknowledges and agrees that, in the event of any breach of these Terms and Conditions by<br />

Buyer or its personnel, Seller will be entitled to equitable relief, including without limitation, injunction and specific<br />

performance against Buyer, in addition to all other remedies available to Seller in law and/or in equity. In that<br />

event, Buyer agrees to reimburse Seller all costs and expenses incurred by Seller, including, without limitation,<br />

attorney’s fees and court costs in connection with such equitable relief or any other such remedy provided in law<br />

or in equity. The provisions in this Section 9 shall survive termination of the Training <strong>Course</strong>s.<br />

10. Indemnity<br />

Except to the extent provided in Sections 5 and 6, Seller agrees to protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless<br />

Buyer, its officers, directors, employees or their invitees, from and against all claims, demands, and causes of<br />

action of every kind and character without limit and without regard to the cause or causes thereof or the<br />

negligence or fault (active or passive) of any party or parties including the sole, joint or concurrent negligence of<br />

Buyer, any theory of strict liability and defect of premises (whether or not preexisting the date of the Training<br />

<strong>Course</strong>s) arising in connection herewith in favor of Seller, Seller’s employees, Seller’s contractors or their<br />

employees, or Seller’s invitees on account of bodily injury, death or damage to property.<br />

Except to the extent provided in Sections 5 and 6, Buyer agrees to protect, defend, indemnify and hold harmless<br />

Seller, its officers, directors and employees or their invitees, from and against all claims, demands, and causes of<br />

action of every kind and character without limit and without regard to the cause or causes thereof or the<br />

negligence or fault (active or passive) of any party or parties including the sole, joint or concurrent negligence of<br />

Seller, any theory of strict liability, any professional liability, and defect of premises (whether or not preexisting<br />

the date of the Training Services), arising in connection herewith in favor of Buyer, Buyer’s employees, or<br />

Buyer’s invitees on account of bodily injury, death or damage to property.<br />

Both parties further agree to comply with and abide by, all of the applicable laws and all rules and regulations<br />

now existing or that may be hereafter promulgated under and in accordance with any such law or laws, and<br />

hereby agree to indemnify and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, or damages<br />

incurred by such party arising from the failure to comply with all such laws and governmental regulations.<br />

NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING ELSE CONTAINED HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, NEITHER PARTY<br />

SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT<br />

NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF PRODUCTION, LOSS OF PROFITS, OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION,<br />

HOWSOEVER CAUSED AND EVEN IF DUE TO THE NEGLIGENCE OF EITHER PARTY.<br />

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, Seller’s total liability for all claims,<br />

damages, causes of action, demands, judgments, fines, penalties, awards, losses, costs and expenses<br />

(including attorney’s fees and cost of litigation) shall be limited to and shall not exceed the value of the fees paid<br />

by Buyer for the Training <strong>Course</strong>s.<br />

2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 153


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

11. Insurance<br />

Buyer shall maintain the following minimum insurance with insurers with AM Best Rating of A- or better :<br />

TYPE OF INSURANCE LIMITS<br />

Workers’ Compensation Statutory limits<br />

Employer’s Liability<br />

Each accident or occurrence $1,000,000<br />

Disease-Policy limit $1,000,000<br />

Disease-Each employee $1,000,000<br />

Commercial General Liability<br />

General aggregate $2,000,000<br />

Products/completed operations aggregate $1,000,000<br />

Each occurrence $1,000,000<br />

Fire damage $50,000<br />

Business Automobile Liability<br />

Combined single limit $1,000,000<br />

Excess Liability<br />

Combined single limit $5,000,000<br />

Property Insurance 100% of insurable value<br />

Each of the policies specified above shall be endorsed to waive any rights of subrogation against Seller. Each<br />

policy, except Worker’s Compensation, shall be endorsed to name Seller as an additional insured. Buyer agrees<br />

to furnish Seller a Certificate of Insurance evidencing coverage, and shall not materially change or cancel any<br />

coverage without providing thirty (30) days prior written notice to Seller. All insurance policies required herein<br />

shall be “per occurrence” policies, and not “claims made” policies. The insurance requirements of these Terms<br />

and Conditions shall be separate and distinct from the indemnity obligations set forth in these Terms and<br />

Conditions.<br />

12. Governing Law<br />

For Training <strong>Course</strong>s to be provided by Seller in the United States, these Terms and Conditions shall be<br />

governed by and interpreted in accordance with Texas law, excluding conflicts and choice of law principles, and<br />

any action to be brought in respect thereof shall be brought in the courts of Harris County, Texas. For Training<br />

<strong>Course</strong>s to be provided by Seller in all other locations outside the United States, these Term and Conditions shall<br />

be governed by and interpreted in accordance with English law, excluding conflicts and choice of law principles,<br />

and any disputes arising out of or in connection with these Terms and Conditions shall be finally settled under<br />

the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce by one or more arbitrators appointed in<br />

accordance with said rules. Arbitration shall be held in London, England and shall be conducted in the English<br />

language.<br />

13. Force Majeure<br />

Except for the duty to make payments hereunder when due, and the indemnification provisions under these<br />

Terms and Conditions, neither Seller nor Buyer shall be responsible to the other for any delay, damage or failure<br />

caused by or occasioned by a Force Majeure Event. As used in these Terms and Conditions, “Force Majeure<br />

Event” includes, but is not limited to: acts of God, action of the elements, warlike action, insurrection, revolution<br />

or civil strife, piracy, civil war or hostile action, strikes, differences with workers, acts of public enemies, federal or<br />

state laws, rules and regulations of any governmental authorities having jurisdiction in the premises or of any<br />

other group, organization or informal association (whether or not formally recognized as a government); inability<br />

to procure material, equipment or necessary labor in the open market, acute and unusual labor or material or<br />

equipment shortages, or any other causes (except financial) beyond the control of either party. Delays due to<br />

the above causes, or any of them, shall not be deemed to be a breach of or failure to perform. Neither Seller nor<br />

Buyer shall be required against its will to adjust any labor or similar disputes except in accordance with<br />

applicable law. If performance is so delayed or prevented for more than ninety (90) days, either party may<br />

immediately terminate the Training <strong>Course</strong>s by written notice.<br />

2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 154


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

14. Independent Contractor<br />

It is expressly understood that Seller is an independent contractor, and that neither Seller nor its principle,<br />

partners, employees or subcontractors are servants, agents or employees of Buyer. In all cases where Seller’s<br />

employees (defined to include Seller’s and its subcontractors, direct, borrowed, special, or statutory employees)<br />

are covered by the Louisiana Worker’s Compensation Act. La. R.S. 23:102 et seg., Seller and Buyer agreed that<br />

all Training <strong>Course</strong>s provided by Seller and Seller’s employees pursuant to this Agreement are an integral part of<br />

and are essential to the ability of Buyer to generate Buyer’s goods, products, and services for the purpose of La.<br />

R.S. 23:106(A) (1). Furthermore, Seller and Buyer agree that Buyer is the statutory employer of all of Seller’s<br />

employees for the purpose of La. R.S. 23:1061(A) (3).<br />

15. Export Compliance<br />

In connection with the administration and receipt of the Training <strong>Course</strong>s and training materials, Buyer and Seller<br />

shall comply with applicable U.S. and local laws and regulations related to export controls and economic<br />

sanctions, including without limitation the U.S. Export Administration Regulations and those regulations<br />

administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control. Seller reserves the right to<br />

withhold or modify the Training <strong>Course</strong>s and training materials in such manner as it deems appropriate in its sole<br />

discretion to ensure compliance with applicable law, including without limitation editing or limiting the distribution<br />

of training materials, declining to provide the Training <strong>Course</strong>s to particular entities or in particular locations, or<br />

excluding Training <strong>Course</strong>s participants. Buyer shall cooperate with Seller in providing such information as<br />

reasonably required by Seller to make such compliance determinations. Buyer understands that its failure to<br />

provide such information may affect Seller’s compliance determination and result in the modification or<br />

withholding of training. Notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement, neither Seller nor Buyer shall take<br />

(or be required to take) or refrain from taking any action that is prohibited or penalized under applicable U.S. or<br />

local law.<br />

16. Default<br />

In the event that either party fails to perform any material provision of these Terms and Conditions, or breaches<br />

any material term hereof, or becomes insolvent, or makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or is<br />

adjudicated bankrupt or suffers a receiver to be appointed to its business, or makes a material liquidation of its<br />

assets, or ceases to do business or to exist, the non-defaulting party has the right, after following the steps in<br />

paragraph below, to terminate these Terms and Conditions.<br />

In the event of a default as set forth above, the non-defaulting party shall give ten (10) days notice to the<br />

defaulting party specifying the nature of the default. If the defaulting party has not commenced to cure the<br />

default after seven (7) days, the other party may immediately terminate the agreement, and the defaulting party<br />

is bound to reimburse the non-defaulting party for any direct loss or damage sustained there from; provided<br />

however, that the Buyer shall only have five (5) days to cure any failure to timely pay any amounts due<br />

hereunder.<br />

In the event the defaulting party is the Buyer, Seller will have the right to retain the Initial Preparation Fee and<br />

further be reimbursed by Buyer for any additional costs incurred at that point of time.<br />

17. General<br />

Failure of Buyer or Seller to enforce any of the terms and conditions herein shall not prevent a subsequent<br />

enforcement of such terms and conditions or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach. Should any<br />

provisions of these Terms and Conditions, or portion thereof, be unenforceable or in conflict with governing<br />

country, state, province, or local laws, then the validity of the remaining provisions, and portions thereof, shall not<br />

be affected by such unenforceability or conflict. Buyer acknowledges that it has not relied on any<br />

representations other than those contained in these Terms and Conditions. These Terms and Conditions shall<br />

only be amended by an agreement executed by an authorized representative of each party.<br />

2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 155


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK<br />

2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 156


APPENDIX B<br />

HOUSTON FACILITY MAP<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

<strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong> Technical College and Training Solutions<br />

5200 North Sam Houston Parkway West, Suite 100<br />

Houston, Texas 77086<br />

(281) 943-5800<br />

From either direction on Sam Houston Parkway Toll Way, exit Bammel N. Houston. The NOV facility is located on the<br />

west bound feeder side of the toll way. Students may park in the lot directly in front of facility.<br />

MAP IS NOT DRAWN TO SCALE<br />

2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 157


HOUSTON HOTEL MAP<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

MAP IS NOT DRAWN TO SCALE<br />

Training Facility - 5200 North Sam Houston Parkway West, Houston, TX 77086, (281) 943-5800<br />

1. Comfort Suites – 1350 N. Sam Houston Parkway East, Houston, TX 77032 (281)219-0400<br />

2. Courtyard Marriot Houston NW - 11050 Louetta Road, Houston, TX, 77070 (281) 374-6464<br />

3. Hilton Garden Inn - 7979 Willow Chase Blvd., Houston, TX, 77070 (832)912-1000<br />

4. Hilton Houston North – 12400 Greenspoint Drive, Houston, TX, 77060 (281)875-2222<br />

5. Holiday Inn Express – 4434 FM 1960 Road W. Houston, TX, 77068 (281)866-0500<br />

6. Holiday Inn Express & Suites - 9120 West Road, Houston, TX, 77064 (713) 896-4444<br />

7. Houston Marriott North - 225 N. Sam Houston Parkway East, Houston, TX, 77060 (281)875-4000<br />

8. Hyatt Place Bush Intercontinental Airport - 300 Ronan Park Place, Houston, TX, 77060 (281) 820- 6060<br />

9. Hyatt North Houston – 425 N Sam Houston Parkway E, Houston, TX, 77060 (281)445-9000<br />

10. Park Inn by Radsion – 500 N Sam Houston Parkway E, Houston, TX, 77060 (281)931-0101<br />

11. Residence Inn Marriot Willowbrook - 7311 W. Greens Road, Houston, TX, 77064 (832) 237-2002<br />

12. Springhill Suites by Marriott Intercontinental Airport - 15840 JFK Blvd., Houston, TX, 77032 (281) 442-2275<br />

13. Staybridge Suites Willowbrook - 10750 N. Gessner Road, Houston, TX, 77064, (281) 807-3700<br />

14. Town Place by Marriot Suites Houston NW - 11040 Louetta Road, Houston, TX, 77070 (281) 374-6767<br />

2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 158


HOUSTON HOTEL REFERENCES<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

When making reservations, mention <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong> Training and a discounted rate should be offered.<br />

NOTE: All rates shown are subject to change without prior notification<br />

<br />

Express Shuttle USA (713) 523-8888 trips must be purchased at airports.<br />

HOTEL DESCRIPTION<br />

Comfort Suites $79<br />

1350 N. Sam Houston Parkway East<br />

Houston, Texas 77032<br />

Phone: (281) 219-0400<br />

Fax: (281) 219-0401<br />

Website: www.comfortsuites.com/Houston<br />

Shuttle service to and from <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong><br />

Technical College Training Facility<br />

Courtyard Marriot Houston Northwest $139<br />

11050 Louetta Road<br />

Houston, Texas 77070<br />

Phone: (281) 374-6464<br />

Fax: (281)374-6161<br />

Toll Free: 1 (888)703-0392<br />

Website: www.marriott.com/HOUNW<br />

Shuttle service to and from <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong><br />

Technical College Training Facility<br />

Hilton Garden Inn $99-$129<br />

7979 Willow Chase Blvd<br />

Houston, Texas 77070<br />

Phone: (832) 912-1000<br />

Fax: (832) 912-1025<br />

Website:<br />

www.hiltongardeninn.com<br />

www.houstonnorthwest.gardeninn.com<br />

Shuttle service to and from <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong><br />

Technical College Training Facility<br />

9 miles from NOV Tech College<br />

Complimentary Wi-Fi<br />

Free Local Calls<br />

Exercise Room<br />

Free Full Breakfast<br />

5 miles from NOV Technical College<br />

King or Double Bedded Queen room<br />

Free high speed Internet access/wired and wireless/<br />

Wi-Fi<br />

Starbuck’s Coffee available in the lobby<br />

Bistro - Eat. Drink. Connect.® available for breakfast<br />

and dinner with a bar and lounge for social gatherings<br />

Marriott Rewards® Program<br />

3.5 miles from NOV Technical College<br />

Complimentary breakfast, high-speed wireless<br />

internet, use of Lifetime Fitness<br />

Room includes refrigerator, microwave, coffee pot<br />

Full service restaurant with room service<br />

Two major restaurants within walking distance<br />

2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 159


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

HOTEL DESCRIPTION<br />

Hilton Houston North $104+<br />

12400 Greenspoint Drive<br />

Houston, Texas 77060<br />

Phone: (281) 875-2222<br />

Website:<br />

http://www3.hilton.com/en/hotels/texas/hilto<br />

n-houston-north-HOUGPHF/index.html<br />

Shuttle service to and from <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong><br />

Technical College Training Facility and Bush<br />

Intercontinental Airport<br />

Holiday Inn Express $99<br />

4434 FM 1960 Road W.<br />

Houston, Texas 77068<br />

Phone: (281) 866-0500<br />

Fax: (281) 266-0599<br />

Website: www.hiexpress.com<br />

Shuttle service to and from <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong><br />

Technical College Training Facility and Bush<br />

Intercontinental Airport<br />

Holiday Inn Express & Suites<br />

9120 West Road<br />

Houston , Texas 77064<br />

Phone: (713) 896-4444<br />

Fax: (713)-896-4474<br />

Website: www.hiexpress.com/bw8westroad<br />

6.9 miles from the NOV Tech College<br />

Double or Single Occupancy Available<br />

Health Club<br />

Indoor Pool<br />

Guest Laundry<br />

Complimentary Wi-Fi<br />

4 miles from NOV Tech College<br />

Complimentary Shuttle Available<br />

Complimentary Express Start Hot Buffet Breakfast<br />

24 hour Fitness Center<br />

Sparking Pool with Seating Area and available BBQ Pit<br />

On Site Washer/Dryer and Valet Dry Cleaning (Same<br />

Day Service Available)<br />

Free Car Wash<br />

Social Hour (Three Times per week Including<br />

Complimentary Appetizers, Beer, Wine and Soft<br />

Drinks)<br />

Microwave and refrigerator in all rooms<br />

Complimentary Wi-Fi<br />

Free Local Calls<br />

5 miles from NOV Technical College<br />

Hot Buffet Breakfast 7 days a week<br />

Cable / Satellite TV including 37 inch flat screen,<br />

coffee maker, microwave, mini refrigerators in every<br />

room<br />

Outdoor Pool and Jacuzzi<br />

Fitness Center<br />

Complimentary high speed internet, wireless and<br />

wired in rooms and public areas<br />

Complimentary 24 hour Business Center<br />

Coin Operated Laundry Facility<br />

All rooms non-smoking<br />

USA Today daily<br />

Coffee & Tea served 24 hours<br />

Complimentary 800 and local calls<br />

Self Parking<br />

Priority Club Rewards<br />

2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 160


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

HOTEL DESCRIPTION<br />

Houston Marriott North $104+<br />

225 N. Sam Houston Parkway East<br />

Houston, Texas 77060<br />

Phone: ((281) 875-4000<br />

Phone: 1 (800) 228-9290<br />

Fax: (281) 975-6208<br />

Website:<br />

http://www.marriott.com/hotels/travel/hougphouston-marriott-north/<br />

Shuttle service to and from <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong><br />

Technical College Training Facility and Bush<br />

Intercontinental Airport<br />

Hyatt Place Bush Intercontinental Airport $99<br />

300 Ronan Park Place<br />

Houston, Texas 77060<br />

Phone: (281) 820-6060<br />

Fax: (281) 820-6464<br />

Website:<br />

www.houston.com/hyatt-place-airport<br />

Shuttle service to and from <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong><br />

Technical College Training Facility and Bush<br />

Intercontinental Airport<br />

Hyatt North Houston $105<br />

425 N Sam Houston Parkway E<br />

Houston, Texas 77060<br />

Phone: (281) 445-9000<br />

Fax: (281) 445-0629<br />

Website: www.cpnorthhouston.com<br />

Shuttle service to and from <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong><br />

Technical College Training Facility and Bush<br />

Intercontinental Airport<br />

Park Inn by Radsion $79<br />

500 N. Sam Houston Parkway East<br />

Houston, Texas 77060<br />

Phone: (281) 931-0101<br />

Fax: (281) 931-3523<br />

Shuttle service to and from <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong><br />

Technical College Training Facility and Bush<br />

Intercontinental Airport<br />

9.2 miles from NOV Tech College<br />

Single or Double Occupancy Available<br />

Health Club<br />

Indoor Pool<br />

Guest Laundry<br />

Complimentary Wi-Fi<br />

7.36 miles from NOV Technical College<br />

Complimentary Continental Breakfast<br />

Every room is an over-sized suite<br />

Complimentary high-speed internet access in<br />

guestroom and public space<br />

Free incoming faxes<br />

Free 800 and local calling<br />

Complimentary use of 24-Hour business center<br />

On-site fitness center<br />

Heated outdoor swimming pool<br />

Mini refrigerators and in-room coffee/tea service in all<br />

rooms<br />

Food & Beverage served 24 hours a day; including<br />

Starbucks Coffee<br />

7 miles from NOV Technical College<br />

Complimentary self-parking<br />

Complimentary full American breakfast each morning<br />

in the restaurant<br />

State-of -the-art fitness center<br />

Self laundry coined operated facility<br />

9.2 miles from NOV Tech College<br />

Onsite Lounge and Restaurant<br />

Microwave and Refrigerator available upon request<br />

Complimentary Wi-Fi<br />

2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 161


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

HOTEL DESCRIPTION<br />

Residence Inn Marriott Willowbrook $99-$129<br />

7311 W Greens Road<br />

Houston, Texas 77064<br />

Phone: (832) 237-2002<br />

Phone: 1 (800) 331-3131<br />

Fax: (832) 237-2003<br />

Website: www.Marriott.com<br />

www.residenceinn.com/houbk<br />

Springhill Suites by Marriott $89-$109<br />

Intercontinental Airport<br />

15840 John F. Kennedy Blvd.<br />

Houston, Texas 77032<br />

Phone: (281) 442-2275<br />

Website:<br />

www.SpringHillSuitesHoustonAirport.com<br />

Shuttle service to and from <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong><br />

Technical College Training Facility and Bush<br />

Intercontinental Airport<br />

Staybridge Suites Willowbrook $99-$135<br />

10750 N. Gessner Road<br />

Houston, Texas 77064<br />

Phone: (281) 807-3700<br />

Phone: 1 (800) 238-8000<br />

Fax: (281) 807-3730<br />

Website: www.Staybridge.com/Willowbrook<br />

Shuttle service to and from <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong><br />

Technical College Training Facility<br />

Towne Place by Marriott Suites Houston NW<br />

11040 Louetta Road $79-159<br />

Houston, Texas 77070<br />

Phone: (281) 374-6767<br />

Fax: (281) 374-6363<br />

Website: www.marriott.com/HOUTN<br />

Shuttle service to and from <strong>National</strong> <strong>Oilwell</strong> <strong>Varco</strong><br />

Technical College Training Facility<br />

3 miles from NOV Technical College<br />

All rooms are 100% non-smoking<br />

Complimentary hot breakfast buffet<br />

Complimentary WI-FI<br />

Heated Indoor Pool and Whirlpool<br />

Exercise room<br />

Complimentary light dinner Monday - Thursday<br />

Wi-Fi and HBO<br />

12 miles from NOV Technical College<br />

Shuttle can also provide transportation to and from<br />

NOV Training facility<br />

Shuttle to and from Airport (running 24 hours a day/7<br />

days a week)<br />

Hotel is 100% non-smoking, complimentary hot buffet<br />

breakfast served daily, patio with soothing water<br />

feature fountains, state-of-the-art exercise room,<br />

heated outdoor salt-water pool, Escape Bar/Lounge<br />

open daily from 5-11pm for dinner and drinks.<br />

3.5 miles from NOV Technical College<br />

Complimentary hot breakfast buffet<br />

Wi-Fi and Ethernet internet connections<br />

Guest laundry facility<br />

State of the art fitness facility<br />

All suites property with fully equipped kitchens with full<br />

size refrigerators with ice makers<br />

Video library at the front desk (DVD players in every<br />

suite)<br />

Adjacent to the Heron Lakes 18 hole golf course with<br />

discounted green fees for hotel guests<br />

5 miles from NOV Technical College<br />

Shuttle available to/from NOV Technical College<br />

50% larger than the average hotel room w/ 500sq. ft.<br />

of living space<br />

Free high speed Internet access - wired & wireless<br />

Fully equipped kitchens to maintain your lifestyle<br />

Newly renovated with granite counter tops and<br />

stainless steel appliances<br />

Complementary Hot Breakfast Buffet daily<br />

Manager’s Social Tue & Wed with light dinner and free<br />

beer and wine<br />

Marriott Rewards® Program<br />

Complimentary breakfast<br />

2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 162


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK<br />

2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 163


APPENDIX C<br />

MACAÉ, BRAZIL FACILITY MAP<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 164


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK<br />

2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 165


APPENDIX D<br />

SINGAPORE, SOUTHEAST ASIA<br />

29 Tuas Bay Drive<br />

Singapore 637429<br />

Phone: +65 6594 1000<br />

Fax: +65 6795 5514<br />

Email: training.singapore@nov.com<br />

January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 166


January - December <strong>2013</strong> <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong><br />

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK<br />

2012 <strong>Global</strong> <strong>Course</strong> <strong>Catalog</strong> – Release 4 – 13March<strong>2013</strong> Page 167

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!